MS KX-MB2030BRW PDF

M
ORDER NO.KMF1002277CE
DA
LT
A
Multi-Function printer
IC
Model No. KX-MB2030BRW
CN
(for Brazil)
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
© Panasonic System Networks Co., Ltd. 2010

Unauthorized copying and distribution is a violation
of law.
M
KX-MB2030BRW
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DA
PAGE PAGE
1 Safety Precautions -----------------------------------------------5 6.9.1. General ------------------------------------------------ 41
LT
1.1. For Service Technicians ----------------------------------5 6.9.2. Circuit Diagram of FAN ---------------------------- 42
1.2. AC Caution---------------------------------------------------5 6.9.3. Fan Control ------------------------------------------- 42
1.3. Personal Safety Precautions ----------------------------6 6.9.4. Control table------------------------------------------ 43
A
1.3.1. Moving Sections of the Unit-------------------------6 6.9.5. Waveform --------------------------------------------- 43
IC
1.3.2. Live Electrical Sections ------------------------------6 6.10. Solenoid Driver Section -------------------------------- 44
1.4. Service Precautions ---------------------------------------6 6.11. LSU (Laser Scanning Unit) Section ----------------- 45
CN
1.4.1. Precautions to Prevent Damage from 6.12. Sensors and Switches Section ----------------------- 47
Static Electricity ----------------------------------------6 6.12.1. Drum Detection ------------------------------------- 48
2 Warning --------------------------------------------------------------7 6.12.2. Pickup Sensor --------------------------------------- 48
TE
2.1. About Lead Free Solder (PbF: Pb free) --------------7 6.12.3. Exit Sensor ------------------------------------------- 49
2.1.1. Suggested PbF Solder -------------------------------7 6.12.4. Home Sensor ---------------------------------------- 49
A
2.2. Discarding of P. C. Board --------------------------------8 6.12.5. Read Position Sensor------------------------------ 50
2.3. Insulation Resistance Test -------------------------------8 6.12.6. Registration & Manual Paper Sensor ---------- 51
CI
2.4. Battery Caution ---------------------------------------------8 6.12.7. Print Timing Sensor -------------------------------- 51
2.5. Laser Beam And Fuser Unit Section ------------------9 6.12.8. Document Sensor----------------------------------- 52
EN
2.6. Note for Repairing------------------------------------------9 6.12.9. Top Cover Sensor----------------------------------- 52
3 Specifications ---------------------------------------------------- 10 6.12.10. Toner Sensor.... “Toner Empty”, “Toner
ST
4 General/Introduction ------------------------------------------- 11 Low”, “Change Drum”------------------------------ 53
4.1. Optional Accessories------------------------------------ 11 6.12.11. Handset Hook Switch ------------------------------ 56
4.2. Translation Lists ------------------------------------------ 11 6.13. Operation Board Section ------------------------------ 56
SI
4.2.1. Help Function----------------------------------------- 11 6.14. LCD Section----------------------------------------------- 57
AS
4.2.2. Error Message (Report)---------------------------- 11 6.15. HVPS (High Voltage Power Supply) Section ----- 58
4.2.3. Error Message (Display)--------------------------- 12 6.15.1. HVPS Specification--------------------------------- 58
5 Features ------------------------------------------------------------ 13 6.15.2. CHG-BIAS (Charge BIAS)/GRID/ UNIT------- 58
N
5.1. General Features----------------------------------------- 13 6.15.3. DEV DC BIAS UNIT-------------------------------- 59

5.2. Hardware Requirements for Multi-Function 6.15.4. DEV AC BIAS UNIT -------------------------------- 59
PA
Software ---------------------------------------------------- 13 6.15.5. TRA (+) BIAS (Transfer (+) BIAS)/TRA (-)
6 Technical Descriptions---------------------------------------- 14 BIAS (Transfer (-) BIAS) UNIT------------------- 59
RO
6.1. Connection Diagram------------------------------------- 14 6.16. Heat Lamp Control Circuit ----------------------------- 60

6.2. General Block Diagram --------------------------------- 15 6.17. Main Board Section ------------------------------------- 65
6.3. Main Board Section-------------------------------------- 17 6.18. Power Supply Board Section ------------------------- 68
ET
6.3.1. Data Flow---------------------------------------------- 17 6.19. Mechanical Operation ---------------------------------- 69

6.3.2. RTC Backup Circuit --------------------------------- 26 6.19.1. Printing ------------------------------------------------ 69
EL
6.3.3. Modem Circuit Operation-------------------------- 27 6.19.2. Scanning (ADF) ------------------------------------- 70

6.3.4. TEL Line Section ------------------------------------ 28 7 Location of Controls and Components ----------------- 71
6.4. NCU Section----------------------------------------------- 29 7.1. Overview --------------------------------------------------- 71
6.4.1. General ------------------------------------------------ 29 7.1.1. Front view--------------------------------------------- 71
6.4.2. EXT. TEL. Line Relay (RLY100) ----------------- 29 7.1.2. Rear view --------------------------------------------- 71
6.4.3. Bell Detection Circuit ------------------------------- 29 7.2. Control Panel --------------------------------------------- 72
6.4.4. Calling Line Identification Circuit (FSK)-------- 30 8 Installation Instructions -------------------------------------- 73
6.4.5. Calling Line Identification Circuit (DTMF) ----- 30 8.1. Installation ------------------------------------------------- 73
6.4.6. Remote FAX Activation Circuit ------------------- 30 8.1.1. Installation Space ----------------------------------- 73
6.4.7. TAM Interface Circuit ------------------------------- 30 8.1.2. OUTPUT TRAY-------------------------------------- 74
6.5. ITS (Integrated telephone System) and 8.1.3. RECORDING PAPER----------------------------- 75
Monitor Section ------------------------------------------- 31 8.1.4. Documents the Unit Can Send ------------------ 79
6.5.1. General ------------------------------------------------ 31 8.1.5. Toner Cartridge and the Drum Cartridge------ 80
6.6. CIS Control Section-------------------------------------- 32 8.1.6. Connecting to a computer ------------------------ 84
6.7. Motor Drive Section-------------------------------------- 33 8.1.7. Installing Multi-Function Station ---------------- 84
6.7.1. Engine Motor Control Circuit --------------------- 33 8.2. Connections----------------------------------------------- 86
6.7.2. Scanner Motor Drive Circuit ---------------------- 34 9 Operating Instructions---------------------------------------- 88
6.8. Timing chart and wave form of scanner 9.1. Your Logo ------------------------------------------------- 88
motors------------------------------------------------------- 38 9.2. To Select Characters with the Dial Keypad ------- 89
6.8.1. Normal 1-2 phase excitation (half step)-------- 38 9.2.1. To Select Characters Using [] or []-------------- 89
6.8.2. Flat torque 1-2 phase excitation (half step) --- 39 10 Test Mode --------------------------------------------------------- 90
6.8.3. W1-2 phase excitation (Quarter step) ---------- 40 10.1. Test Functions -------------------------------------------- 90
6.8.4. Drive mode of FB and ADF motor--------------- 41 10.1.1. DTMF Single Tone Transmit Selection -------- 92
6.9. FAN Motor Section--------------------------------------- 41 10.1.2. Button Code Table ---------------------------------- 92
2
M
KX-MB2030BRW
10.1.3. Print Test Pattern ------------------------------------93 14.7. Remove Main Board ---------------------------------- 210
DA
11 Service Mode -----------------------------------------------------94 14.8. Remove Gear Chassis Section----------------------211
11.1. Programming and Lists ---------------------------------94 14.9. Remove Right Cover ---------------------------------- 212
11.1.1. Operation ----------------------------------------------94 14.10. Remove Right Cassette Guide --------------------- 212
LT
11.1.2. Operation Flow ---------------------------------------94 14.11. Remove Bottom Plate--------------------------------- 213
11.1.3. Service Function Table -----------------------------95 14.12. Remove Laser Unit ------------------------------------ 213
11.1.4. Memory Clear Specification -----------------------97 14.13. Remove Pick up Roller ------------------------------- 214
A
11.2. User Mode (The list below is an example of 14.14. Remove Low Voltage Power Board --------------- 215
IC
the SYSTEM SETUP LIST the unit prints out.) ---98 14.15. Remove Mirror ------------------------------------------ 215
11.3. Service Mode Settings (Example of a printed 14.16. Remove High Voltage Power Board--------------- 216
CN
out list)----------------------------------------------------- 100 14.17. Installation Position of The Lead ------------------- 217
11.4. History (Example of a printed out list) ------------- 101 14.17.1. Top Cover Section (1) ---------------------------- 217
11.4.1. Descriptions of The History Report------------ 102 14.17.2. Top Cover Section (2) ---------------------------- 218
TE
12 Troubleshooting Guide -------------------------------------- 103 14.17.3. Top Cover Section (3) ---------------------------- 219
12.1. User Recoverable Errors ----------------------------- 103 14.17.4. Bottom Part Section (1) -------------------------- 220
A
12.2. Remote Programming --------------------------------- 106 14.17.5. Bottom Part Section (2) -------------------------- 221
12.2.1. Entering the Remote Programming Mode 14.17.6. Side Cabinet Section (1) ------------------------ 222
CI
and Changing Service Codes ------------------ 107 14.17.7. Side Cabinet Section (2) ------------------------ 223
12.2.2. Program Mode Table------------------------------ 108 14.17.8. Side Cabinet Section (3) ------------------------ 224
EN
12.3. Troubleshooting Details ------------------------------- 111 14.17.9. Side Cabinet Section (4) ------------------------ 225
12.3.1. Outline ------------------------------------------------ 111 14.17.10. AC Inlet Section ----------------------------------- 225
ST
12.3.2. Starting Troubleshooting ------------------------- 111 15 Maintenance ---------------------------------------------------- 226
12.3.3. Initialization ------------------------------------------ 112
SI 15.1. Maintenance Items and Component Locations- 226
12.3.4. Simple Check List --------------------------------- 113 15.1.1. Outline ----------------------------------------------- 226
12.3.5. Simplified Troubleshooting Guide ------------- 114 15.1.2. Maintenance Check Items/Component
AS
12.3.6. CALL SERVICE Troubleshooting Guide ----- 117 Locations -------------------------------------------- 226
12.3.7. Print --------------------------------------------------- 124 15.2. Maintenance--------------------------------------------- 228
12.3.8. Recording Paper Feed --------------------------- 130 15.2.1. Cleaning the White Plates and Glass -------- 228
N
12.3.9. ADF (Auto Document Feeder) Section------- 136 15.2.2. CLEANING THE DOCUMENT FEEDER
PA
12.3.10. Communication Section ------------------------- 142 ROLLERS ------------------------------------------- 232

12.3.11. Special Service Journal Reports --------------- 147 15.3. Printing Operation Principle ------------------------- 233
12.3.12. Initializing Error ------------------------------------- 160 15.3.1. Process Chart and Process BIAS------------- 233
RO
12.3.13. Analog Section ------------------------------------- 161 15.3.2. CHARGING ----------------------------------------- 233

12.3.14. Operation Panel Section ------------------------- 164 15.3.3. Exposing--------------------------------------------- 234
12.3.15. Sensor Section ------------------------------------- 164 15.3.4. Developing and Transcription ------------------ 235
ET
12.3.16. Motor Section --------------------------------------- 167 15.3.5. Cleaning of Transfer Roller --------------------- 236
12.3.17. LSU Section ----------------------------------------- 170 15.3.6. Fixing ------------------------------------------------- 237
EL
12.3.18. CIS Control Section ------------------------------- 171 15.4. Terminal Guide of The ICs Transistors and
12.3.19. High Voltage Value Check Point --------------- 173 Diodes ---------------------------------------------------- 238
12.3.20. High Voltage Section------------------------------ 175 15.4.1. Main Board (1) ------------------------------------- 238
12.3.21. USB Section ---------------------------------------- 180 15.4.2. Main Board (2) ------------------------------------- 239
12.3.22. LAN SECTION ------------------------------------- 184 15.4.3. Operation Board ----------------------------------- 239
12.3.23. Main Board Section ------------------------------- 189 15.4.4. High Voltage Power Supply Board ------------ 239
12.3.24. Power Supply Board Section ------------------- 192 15.4.5. Low Voltage Power Supply Board ------------ 239
12.4. DOCUMENT JAMS (AUTO DOCUMENT 15.5. How to Replace the Flat Package IC ------------- 240
FEEDER) ------------------------------------------------- 195 15.5.1. Preparation------------------------------------------ 240
12.5. RECORDING PAPER JAM -------------------------- 197 15.5.2. Flat Package IC Removal Procedure -------- 240
12.5.1. When the recording paper has jammed 15.5.3. Flat Package IC Installation Procedure ------ 241
inside of the unit------------------------------------ 198 15.5.4. Bridge Modification Procedure----------------- 241
12.5.2. When the recording paper is not fed into 15.6. Main Board Section------------------------------------ 242
the unit properly ------------------------------------ 203 15.6.1. NG Example ---------------------------------------- 243
12.5.3. When the recording paper in the manual 15.7. Test Chart ------------------------------------------------ 244
input tray is not fed into the unit properly ---- 204 15.7.1. ITU-T No.1 Test Chart---------------------------- 244
13 Service Fixture & Tools-------------------------------------- 205 15.7.2. ITU-T No.2 Test Chart---------------------------- 245
14 Disassembly and Assembly Instructions ------------- 206 16 Schematic Diagram ------------------------------------------ 247
14.1. Bottom Section ------------------------------------------ 207 16.1. For Schematic Diagram ------------------------------ 247
14.2. Left Side Section---------------------------------------- 207 16.2. Main Board ---------------------------------------------- 248
14.3. Operation Panel Section------------------------------ 208 16.2.1. Main Board (1) ------------------------------------- 248
14.4. Open Top Cover ---------------------------------------- 208 16.2.2. Main Board (2) ------------------------------------- 252
14.5. Remove Operation Panel --------------------------- 209 16.2.3. Main Board (3) ------------------------------------- 254
14.6. Remove Operation Board ---------------------------- 209 16.2.4. Main Board (4) ------------------------------------- 256
3
M
KX-MB2030BRW
16.3. Operation Board ---------------------------------------- 258
DA
16.4. Sensor Board-------------------------------------------- 259
16.5. High Voltage Power Supply Board----------------- 260
16.6. Low Voltage Power Supply Board ----------------- 261
LT
17 Printed Circuit Board ---------------------------------------- 263
17.1. Main Board----------------------------------------------- 263
17.1.1. Main Board: Component View ----------------- 263
A
17.1.2. Main Board: Bottom View ----------------------- 264
IC
17.2. Operation Board ---------------------------------------- 265
17.2.1. Operation Board ----------------------------------- 265
CN
17.3. Sensor Board-------------------------------------------- 266
17.3.1. Toner Sensor Board ------------------------------ 266
17.3.2. Fuser Board----------------------------------------- 266
TE
17.3.3. Pickup Sensor Board ----------------------------- 266
17.3.4. Registration Sensor Board ---------------------- 267
A
17.3.5. Varistor Sensor Board---------------------------- 267
17.3.6. Flatbed Relay Board------------------------------ 267
CI
17.3.7. ADF Sensor Board -------------------------------- 268
17.3.8. Handset Relay Board----------------------------- 268
EN
17.3.9. CIS Home Sensor Board ------------------------ 268
17.4. High Voltage Power Supply Board----------------- 269
ST
17.4.1. HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
BOARD: COMPONENT VIEW----------------- 269 SI
17.4.2. HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
BOARD: BOTTOM VIEW ----------------------- 269
AS
17.5. Low Voltage Power Supply Board ----------------- 270

17.5.1. LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
BOARD: COMPONENT VIEW----------------- 270
N
17.5.2. LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY

PA
BOARD: BOTTOM VIEW ----------------------- 270

18 Exploded View and Replacement Parts List --------- 271
18.1. Cabinet, Mechanical and Electrical Parts
RO
Location--------------------------------------------------- 271
18.1.1. Operation Panel Section------------------------- 271
18.1.2. ADF Section ---------------------------------------- 272
ET
18.1.3. ADF Gear Section--------------------------------- 273

18.1.4. Top Cover Section -------------------------------- 274
EL
18.1.5. Main Cabinet Section----------------------------- 275

18.1.6. Fuser Section--------------------------------------- 276
18.1.7. Bottom Cabinet Section (1) --------------------- 277
18.1.8. Separation (DFP) Roller Section -------------- 278
18.1.9. Side Cabinet Section ----------------------------- 279
18.1.10. Motor Section--------------------------------------- 280
18.1.11. Bottom Cabinet Section (2) --------------------- 281
18.1.12. Output Tray Section------------------------------- 282
18.1.13. Actual Size of Screws and Washer ----------- 283
18.1.14. Accessories and Packing Materials----------- 284
18.2. Replacement Parts List ------------------------------- 285
18.2.1. Cabinet and Electrical Parts ------------------ 285
18.2.2. Main Board ----------------------------------------- 288
18.2.3. Operation Board ---------------------------------- 293
18.2.4. Sensor Board Parts ------------------------------ 294
18.2.5. High Voltage Power Board ---------------------- 295
18.2.6. Low Voltage Power Board----------------------- 295
4
M
KX-MB2030BRW
1 Safety Precautions
DA
1. Before servicing, unplug the AC power cord to prevent an electric shock.
2. When replacing parts, use only the manufacturer's recommended components.
LT
3. Check the condition of the power cord. Replace if wear or damage is evident.
4. After servicing, be sure to restore the lead dress, insulation barriers, insulation papers, shields, etc.
5. Before returning the serviced equipment to the customer, be sure to perform the following insulation resistance test to prevent
A
the customer from being exposed to shock hazards.
IC
1.1. For Service Technicians
CN
• Repair service shall be provided in accordance with repair technology information such as service manual so as to pre-
vent fires, injury or electric shock, which can be caused by improper repair work.
TE
1. When repair services are provided, neither the products nor their parts or members shall be remodeled.
2. If a lead wire assembly is supplied as a repair part, the lead wire assembly shall be replaced.
A
3. FASTON terminals shall be plugged straight in and unplugged straight out.
• ICs and LSIs are vulnerable to static electricity.
CI
When repairing, the following precautions will help prevent recurring malfunctions.
1. Cover the plastic part's boxes with aluminum foil.
EN
2. Ground the soldering irons.
3. Use a conductive mat on the worktable.
ST
4. Do not touch the IC or LSI pins with bare fingers.
1.2. AC Caution
SI
For safety, before closing the lower cabinet, please make sure of the following precautions.
AS
1. The earth lead is fixed with the screw.

2. The AC connector is connected properly.
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
5
M
KX-MB2030BRW
1.3. Personal Safety Precautions
DA
1.3.1. Moving Sections of the Unit
Be careful not to let your hair, clothes, fingers, accessories, etc., become caught in any moving sections of the unit.
LT
The moving sections of the unit are the rollers and a gear. There is a separation roller and a document feed roller which are rotated
by the document feed motor. A gear rotates the two rollers. Be careful not to touch them with your hands, especially when the unit
A
is operating.
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
1.3.2. Live Electrical Sections

All the electrical sections of the unit supplied with AC power by the AC power cord are live.
RO
Never disassemble the unit for service with the AC power supply plugged in.
CAUTION:
AC voltage is supplied to the primary side of the power supply unit. Therefore, always unplug the AC power cord before disas-
ET
sembling for service.

EL
1.4. Service Precautions

1.4.1. Precautions to Prevent Damage from Static Electricity
Electrical charges accumulate on a person. For instance, clothes rubbing together can damage electric elements or change their
electrical characteristics. In order to prevent static electricity, touch a metallic part that is grounded to release the static electricity.
Never touch the electrical sections such as the power supply unit, etc.
6
M
KX-MB2030BRW
2 Warning
DA
2.1. About Lead Free Solder (PbF: Pb free)
LT
Note:
In the information below, Pb, the symbol for lead in the periodic table of elements, will refer to standard solder or solder that con-
tains lead.
A
IC
We will use PbF solder when discussing the lead free solder used in our manufacturing process which is made from Tin, (Sn),
Silver, (Ag), and Copper, (Cu).
CN
This model, and others like it, manufactured using lead free solder will have PbF stamped on the PCB. For service and repair
work we suggest using the same type of solder although, with some precautions, standard Pb solder can also be used.
TE
Caution
• PbF solder has a melting point that is 50° ~ 70° F, (30° ~ 40°C) higher than Pb solder. Please use a soldering iron with tempera-
A
ture control and adjust it to 700° ± 20° F, (370° ± 10°C). In case of using high temperature soldering iron, please be careful not to
CI
heat too long.
• PbF solder will tend to splash if it is heated much higher than its melting point, approximately 1100°F, (600°C).
EN
• If you must use Pb solder on a PCB manufactured using PbF solder, remove as much of the original PbF solder as possible and
be sure that any remaining is melted prior to applying the Pb solder.
• When applying PbF solder to double layered boards, please check the component side for excess which may flow onto the
ST
opposite side (See figure, below). SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
2.1.1. Suggested PbF Solder

There are several types of PbF solder available commercially. While this product is manufactured using Tin, Silver, and Copper,
EL
(Sn+Ag+Cu), you can also use Tin and Copper, (Sn+Cu), or Tin, Zinc, and Bismuth, (Sn+Zn+Bi). Please check the manufac-
turer’s specific instructions for the melting points of their products and any precautions for using their product with other
materials.
The following lead free (PbF) solder wire sizes are recommended for service of this product: 0.3mm, 0.6mm and 1.0mm.
7
M
KX-MB2030BRW
2.2. Discarding of P. C. Board
DA
When discarding P. C. Board, delete all personal information such as telephone directory and caller list or scrap P. C. Board.
2.3. Insulation Resistance Test
LT
1. Unplug the power cord and short the two prongs of the plug with a jumper wire.
2. Turn on the power switch.
A
3. Measure the resistance value with an ohmmeter between the jumpered AC plug and each exposed metal cabinet part
IC
(screw heads, control shafts, bottom frame, etc.).
Note: Some exposed parts may be isolated from the chassis by design. These will read infinity.
CN
4. If the measurement is outside the specified limits, there is a possibility of a shock hazard.
TE
A
CI
EN
2.4. Battery Caution
ST
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the
SI
manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
AS
The lithium battery is a critical component (type No.CR2354). Please observe for the proper polarity and exact location when
replacing it and the soldering the replacement litium battery in.
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
8
M
KX-MB2030BRW
2.5. Laser Beam And Fuser Unit Section
DA
• The printer of this unit utilizes a laser. Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified
herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
LT
• The fuser unit is inside of the unit and gets hot. Do not touch it when removing the jammed paper or cleaning the lower glass.
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
2.6. Note for Repairing

Caution
Please inform users of the danger of data being lost at the time of repair.
Data will be lost in the following situations.

1. When replacing the ROM ass'y.
2. When replacing the Main board ass'y.
3. When executing mode #550 or #710.
There is a possibility of data loss in the following situations.

1. When removing a board.
2. When writing new software to ROM.
9
M
KX-MB2030BRW
3 Specifications
DA
Applicable Lines: Public Switched Telephone Network
Document Size: Max. 216 mm in width, Max. 600 mm in length
LT
Effective Scanning Width: 208 mm
Effective Printing Width: Letter/ Legal: 208 mm
A4: 202 mm
Transmission Time*1: Approx. 4 s/page (ECM-MMR Memory transmission)*2
A
Scanning Density: Scanning resolution:
IC
Up to 600 × 1,200 dpi (Optical)
Up to 9,600 × 9,600 dpi (Interpolated)
CN
Copy resolution:
Up to 600 × 600 dpi
FAX resolution:
TE
Horizontal:
8 pels/mm
A
Vertical:
3.85 lines/mm -in standard resolution,
CI
7.7 lines/mm -in fine/photo resolution,
15.4 lines/mm -in super fine resolution
EN
Photo resolution: 64-level
Scanner Type: Colour Contact Image Sensor
Printer Type: Laser printer
ST
Data Compression System: Modified Huffman (MH), Modified READ (MR), Modified Modified READ (MMR)
Modem Speed: SI
33,600 / 31,200 / 28,800 / 26,400 / 24,000 / 21,600 / 19,200 / 16,800 / 14,400 / 12,000 /
9,600 / 7,200 / 4,800 / 2,400 bps; Automatic Fallback
AS
Operating Environment:
10°C—32.5°C, 20—70% RH (Relative Humidity)
Dimensions:
N
Approx. width 420 mm x depth 432 mm x height 305 mm

Mass (Weight):
PA
Approx. 12 kg
Power Consumption: Standby: Approx. 5.5 W
RO
Preheat: Approx. 65 W
Copy: Approx. 500 W
Maximum: Approx. 950 W (When the fuser lamp turns on)
ET
Power Supply: 127 V AC, 60 Hz

Memory Capacity (for operation and32 MB
storing memory):
EL
Fax Memory Capacity: 3.5 MB in total

Approx. 110 pages of memory reception
Approx. 150 pages of memory transmission
(Based on the ITU-T No. 1 Test Chart in standard resolution, without using the Error Correc-
tion Mode.)
Scan to email address memory5 MB in total (including the header and email message)
capacity:
Scan to FTP server memory capac-5 MB in total
ity:
Scan to SMB folder memory capac-5 MB in total
ity:
Laser diode properties: Laser output: Max. 15 mW
Wavelength: 760 nm—800 nm
Emission duration: Continuous
Print Speed: Approx. 24 ppm (pages per minute)
Printing Resolution: 600 x 600 dpi
LED light of CIS properties: LED radiation output: Max. 1 mW
Wavelength:
Red 630 nm typ.
Green 520 nm typ.
Blue 465 nm typ.
Emission duration: Continuous
Product life: 2 hundreds-thousands (except drum unit, toner cartridge)
*1Transmission speed depends on the contents of the pages, resolution, telephone line conditions and capability of the other
party’s machine.
10
M
KX-MB2030BRW
*2
Transmission speed is based on the ITU-T No. 1 Test Chart with original mode. (Refer to ITU-T No.1 Test Chart (P.244).) If the
DA
capability of the other party's machine is inferior to your unit, the transmission time may be longer.
Note:
• Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
LT
• The pictures and illustrations in these instructions may vary slightly from the actual product.
• The accuracy of the clock is approximately ±60 seconds a month.
A
4 General/Introduction
IC
4.1. Optional Accessories
CN
Model No. Description Specifications
TE
KX-FAT411A Replacement toner cartridge*1 1 toner cartridge
KX-FAD412A Replacement drum cartridge 1 drum cartridge
A
*1 Prints about 2,000 pages at ISO/IEC 19752 standard page.
CI
Note:
• ISO/IEC 19752 standard is as follows:
- Environment: 23 ± 2°C / 50 ± 10% RH
EN
- Print mode: Continuous printing
4.2. Translation Lists

4.2.1. Help Function
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
4.2.2. Error Message (Report)

ET
EL
11
M
KX-MB2030BRW
4.2.3. Error Message (Display)
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
12
M
KX-MB2030BRW
5 Features
DA
5.1. General Features
LT
General sized characters.
• Help function FINE: For originals with small printing.
1. BASIC SETTINGS SUPER FINE: For originals with very small printing.
A
2. FEATURE LIST PHOTO: For originals containing photographs, shaded draw-
IC
3. PHONEBOOK ing, etc.
4. FAX RECEIVING Broadcast
CN
5. COPIER • 250-sheet paper capacity (60 g/m2 ~ 75 g/m2)
6. REPORTS
7. CALLER ID
TE
Large Memory... Performed by DRAM
• LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) readout Approx. 150 pages of memory transmission
Approx. 110 pages of memory reception
A
Flat-Bed Multifunction Laser Fax
Output tray (approx. 100 sheets) Enhanced Copier Function
CI
Letter/A4/Legal, G3 compatible Multi-copy function (up to 99 copies)
Automatic document feeder (20 sheets) Enlargement and reduction
EN
Quick scan
64-Level halftone
Resolution: Standard/Fine/Super fine/Photo (64 level).
ST
STANDARD: For printed or typewritten originals with normal-
5.2. Hardware Requirements for Multi-Function Software

SI
To use Multi-Function Station on your computer, the following are required:
AS
Operating System:
Windows 2000 / Windows XP / Windows Vista
CPU:
N
Windows 2000: Pentium® or higher processor

Windows XP: Pentium or higher processor
PA
Windows Vista: Pentium 4 or higher processor

RAM:
RO
Windows 2000/Windows XP: 128 MB (256 MB or more recommended)

Windows Vista: 512 MB (1,024 MB or more recommended)
Other Hardware:
ET
CD-ROM drive
Hard disk drive with at least 200 MB of available space
EL
USB interface
LAN interface (10Base-T/100Base-TX)
Other:
Internet Explorer® 5.0 or later
Warning:
• To assure continued emission limit compliance;
- use only shielded USB cable (Example: Hi-Speed USB 2.0 certified cable).
- use only shielded LAN cable (category 5 straight cable).
• To protect the unit, use only shielded USB cable in areas where thunderstorms occur.
• To use Easy Print Utility on your computer, the following are required:
- Windows 2000 Service Pack 4 and Security update for Windows 2000 (KB835732). Install KB835732 from Microsoft down-
load site before installing Easy Print Utility.
- Windows XP Service Pack 2 or later.
13
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6 Technical Descriptions
DA
6.1. Connection Diagram
LT
HANDSET
LCD
HANDSET
A
CN941
No NAME No NAME
1 HSSP+ 2 HSMIC -
3 HSSP- 4 HSMIC+
IC
HOOK SW READ
R/W
VDD
VSS
DB6
DB7
DB5
DB4
POSITION DOCUMENT
RS
V0
E
SENSOR
CN
CN941
CN1
SENSOR
CISMODULE
1
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
2
CN940 3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
OPERATION PANEL BOARD PS53 PS54

ADF FB
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
CN2 MOTOR CN56 MOTOR
TE
CN61
CN55
No NAME No NAME
No NAME No NAME
1 SIG 2 DG
1 HSMIC+ 2 HOOK
3 3.3V 4 VREF
3 HSMIC - 4 GND
5 CNT 6 SI
5 HSSP+ 6 HSSP-
7 DG 8 CLK
A
9 VLED 10 LED_G
11 LED_R 12 LED_B
OPERST
BUZZER
KSTART
KSCLK
DOCU
THRM
KTXD
RPS
3.3V
DG
DG
XA
XB
XA
XB
5V
B
B
A
CI
SP+
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
SP-
Speaker
CN55 2
CN57
12 11
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
CN58 CN200 CN511 CN701 CN700 CN62
EN
HSSP+ CN61
CN509 CN60
8 HSSP- 8
7 MIC+ 7 CR_A
6 6 1 CR_B 1
MIC -
5 5 2 CR_XA 2
HOOK 3 3
4 4 CR_XB
GND 4 4
3
2
1
SP-
SP+
3
2
1
MAIN BOARD CN510 CN59 CIS HOME
SIG SENSOR
ST
1 GND 1
CIS HOME
CN100
2
3
3.3V
VREF
2
3 FB TRANSIT 1
2
GND 1
2
CN100 4 GND 4 3
LED
TO 1
No NAME No NAME 5
6
SI
GND
5
6
BOARD 3
2 1 a1 2 E(G) / A2
7 7
CN68 CN69
TELEPHONE 3 CLK
4
5
3 a / A1 4 b / B1 8 8 PS55
6 VLED
5 S(W) / B2 6 b1 9 9
LINE LED_G
CN101
SI 10
11
12
LED_R
LED_B
10
11
12
TO No NAME No NAME CIS HOME 13
POWER SW
13
1 1 b1 2 S(W)
2
EXTERNAL 3
4 3 b / B1 4 a / A1
5
AS
TELEPHONE 6 5 E(W) 6 a1
CN101 CN504 AC INLET

CN101 CN1
HTRCTL LIVE
1 7V 1 1 NEUTRAL
2 2 2
DG
CN300 CN300
3
4
DG
DG
3
4 SMPS
5 5
TO No NAME No NAME 24V
1 4 6 6 CN2
2 3 1 VBUS 2 D- 7 24V 7
PC/USB 24V HEAT
3 D+ 4 GND 8 8
N
1
LAMP
2
CN750
CN750
No NAME No NAME
PA
1 1 TD+ 2 TD-
TO 2
3 CN505
4 3 RD+ 4 TCT CN1
5
PC/LAN 6
7
5 6 RD- CVR
8 7 RCT 8 1 HVERR 1
2 TRS 2
3 3
DEV
4 4
CHG
5 5
GND
6 6
NC
RO
7 7
8 24V 8
CN514
REG CN506
REGISTER 1 DG
DG 1
SOLENOID 2 FANDET1
2
FANON1
3 COVER OPEN SW
PICK
PICKUP 1
DG
SOLENOID 2
ET
CN507
CN502 CN508 CN501 CN500
10
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
SW1
DC MOTOR UNIT
EL
XHSYNC
XREADY
POLCLK
XVIDEO
POLON
BRAKE
XLDEN
XAPC
CLK
24V
24V
24V
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
SS
LD
FANDET2
5V
FANON2
THRM1
POUT
PTOP
PICK
GND
REG
TNR
5V
1 DC FAN1
MAIN 2
3 (Left )
MOTOR 4
5
6
7
8
LSU HVPS
PICKUP CN51 CN67 TONER

10
TRANSCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SENSOR DG SENSOR
1 PICK 1 CN64
2 DG 2 ROLLER
3 FANDET2 3
4 4 TRA
FANON2 IC51
5 5
SW50 OPC
CN65 CN66
DRUM OPC
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
CN63
DEV
THRM1
FANDET2
PTOP
POUT
FANON2
REG
GND
DG
5V
5V
DG
DEVELOPING
ROLLER
FUSER CN50
UNIT
1
2
3
4
SCOROTRON TONER SUPPLY

1
2
3
4
CN53 REGISTER PTOP ROLLER

CN52 SENSOR SENSOR
THRM1 EXIT SENSOR
DC FAN 2 1
2
(Right ) DG
3
GRID
PS50 PS51 PS52 DRUM UNIT

THERMISTOR CHG
VARISTOR
BOARD
HEAT LAMP
THERMOSTAT THERMOSTAT
14
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.2. General Block Diagram
DA
MAIN UNIT
SOC (IC300)
LT
This custom IC is used for general MFP operations.
1) CPU ARM9 operating at 250MHz.

2) SDRAM Controller Controls SDRAM Memory.
A
3) USB Controller with PHY Apply to USB2.0 HS
IC
4) Scanner I/F Controls the CIS and AFE, and process the scan images.
5) LSU I/F Controls the polygon motor and outputs the VIDEO signal to LSU.
CN
6) MOTOR I/F Controls the DC motor and Stepping Motor.
7) FAN I/F Controls FAN MOTOR and detect the rotation of FAN MOTOR.
8) OPERATION PANEL I/F Serial interface with Operation Panel.
TE
9) SENSOR I/F Detects the sensor signal.
10) I/O PORT I/O Port Interface.
11) A/D, D/A converter Sends beep tones, etc.
A
Convert the analog signal to the digital signal.
12) RTC Real time clock.
CI
13) MODEM Performs the modulation and the demodulation for FAX communication.
14) Analog Front End I/F Controls the DAA device for TEL/FAX function.
EN
15) LAN Controller Ethernet Control.
ST
ROM (IC402)
This 8MB FLASH ROM contains all of the program instructions on the unit operations.
SI
And support the backup of user setting and FAX receive data.
AS
SYNCHRONOUS DYNAMIC RAM (IC400)

This 256Mbit SDRAM is used for CPU work and receiving memory and page memory.
N
POWER SUPPLY
PA
DC-DC converters generate 3.3V and 1.2V for system power.

Regurator generates 5V for peripheral devices.
RO
TEL/FAX I/F
Composed of ITS circuit and NCU circuit.
3 ICs called SDAA(Silicon Direct Access Arrangement) control Telephone line, Speaker, and Handset.
ET
READ SECTION
EL
CIS Unit to read transmitted documents.

CIS Unit is connected to FLATBED transit Unit.
Scan data is converted by AFE(IC503).
MOTOR
This model has 1 DC motor and 2 stepping motors.
IC300 drives the DC motor for printing.
IC502 and IC700 drive the stepping motor for Auto Document Feeder motor and CIS carriage.
LSU
Forms the images on the OPC DRUM by rotating polygon motor and reflecting the laser beam against polygon.
SENSORS
Composed of 2 switches and 6 sensors.
POWER SUPPLY BOARD

Supplies +24V and +7V to the Main unit and controls the Heat Lamp.
HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD

Supplies bias need for the printing operation: bias of the DRUM, Developing and Transcription.
FIXING UNIT
Composed heat lamp, thermistor and thermostats.
15
MB2000 series System Schematic
KX-MB2030BRW
Color CIS
Flat Bed Home
position
Sensor FFC 12
Carriage motor AMP3
Operation Panel Board
JST4
ADF motor
2Line Ope
EL
LCD G/A Thermistor
(Room) FB Transit Document Sensor RP Sensor
ET
AMP8 AMP13 AMP4 JST4 AMP4(Blue)
RO
JST2 Main Board Motor Motor
Regist Solenoid AFE
Driver Driver Varistor
PA
JST2 IC503
(FB) N (ADF)
Pick Up Solenoid IC502 IC700
SDRAM HVPS
FLASH
AS
JST3 (256Mbit)
(64Mbit) AMP8
FAN (left) IC400
16
IC402
SI
Sirius
ST
JST 8 Lite DAA block
DC motor EXT Hand Set
IC100, IC101
EN
IC300 TEL
Phy JST8
24V
AMP5 IC505
CI
3.3V/1.8V
Option
LSU
DC-DC
A
TEL AMP2
Handset
LAN USB Speaker
AMP7
TE
AMP8 AMP10
FAN (right)
CN
(Blue)
Heater Thermostat AMP4 2
SMPS
IC
: Harness for A Thermistor
Primary JST3 EXIT Sensor
(Heater)
Thermostat : Harness for
(PE)
PE
LT
AMP5 AMR
SENSOR AMP4
AC INLET POWER SW
Pick Up Sensor
SW Toner Sensor Register Sensor PTOP Sensor
DA
M
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.3. Main Board Section
DA
6.3.1. Data Flow
LT
[FAX Tx]
1. An analog image data is output from CIS unit to IC503.
A
IC503 decode the analog data to digital data, and output to IC300.
Scanner I/F in IC300 process image data and store it in IC400
IC
through SDRAM I/F.
CI S unit 2. CPU compress the data in IC400.
FB tr ansit Board 3. CPU transfer the data to MODEM
CN61
CN
and output it to TEL LINE through DAA circuit.
CN59
TE
CN510
Main Board
A
AFE IC503
CI
IC300 LSU
IC100
IC101
EN
CN500
CN100
TEL Scanner
DAA MODEM CPU Print I/F
LINE I/F
ST
IC400
SDRAM
PC
SI I/F SDRAM
AS
IC750
CN750
LAN
PHY LAN USB
JBIG DSP
I/F I/F
N
CN300
PA
USB
RO
[FAX Rx]
ET
1. FAX data is input from TEL LINE to MODEM in IC300

through DAA circuit.
And then store it in IC400 through SDRAM I/F.
EL
CI S unit
FB tr ansit Board 2. CPU decompress the data in IC400.
3. Print I/F retrieve the data from IC400 and output it to LSU.
CN61
CN59
CN510
Main Board
AFE IC503
IC300 LSU
IC100
IC101
CN500
CN100
TEL Scanner
LINE I/F
IC400
PC SDRAM
I/F SDRAM
IC750
CN750
LAN
PHY LAN USB
JBIG DSP
I/F I/F
CN300
USB
17
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
1. An analog image data is output from CISunit to IC503.
[PC Scan] IC503 decode the analog data to digital data, and output to IC300.
through SDRAM I/F.
2. If necessary, the data is compressed via DSP.
LT
CI S unit 3. When you use the LAN, the data is output to PC
FB tr ansit Board through the LAN I/F and PHY(IC750).
CN61
or
When you use the USB, the data is output to PC
A
CN59
through the USB I/F.
IC
CN510
Mai n Board
CN
AFE IC503
IC300 LSU
TE
IC100
IC101
CN500
CN100
TEL Scanner
LINE I/F
A
CI
IC400
PC SDRAM
SDRAM
EN
I/F
IC750
CN750
LAN
ST
PHY LAN USB
JBIG DSP
I/F I/F
SI
CN300
AS
USB
[PC print] 1.The print data is output from PC through LAN

N
and pass the PHY(IC750) and LAN I/F in IC300.

or
PA
CI S unit The print data is output from PC through USB

FB tr ansit Board and pass the USB I/F in IC300.
then the data is stored in IC400 through SDRAM I/F.
CN61
RO
CN59
ET
CN510
Mai n Board
AFE IC503
EL
IC300 LSU
IC100
IC101
CN500
CN100
TEL Scanner
LINE I/F
IC400
PC SDRAM
I/F SDRAM
IC750
CN750
LAN
PHY LAN USB
JBIG DSP
I/F I/F
CN300
USB
18
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
[Copy]
1. An analog image data is output from CISunit to IC503.
LT
IC503 decode the analog data to digital data, and output to IC300.
CI S unit through SDRAM I/F.
FB tr ansit Board 2. If necessary, the data is compressed via JBIG.
A
CN61
IC
CN59
CN
CN510
Main Board
AFE IC503
TE
IC300 LSU
IC100
IC101
CN500
CN100
TEL Scanner
MODEM CPU Print I/F
CI
DAA I/F
LINE
EN
IC400
PC SDRAM
I/F SDRAM
ST
IC750
CN750
LAN
LAN USB
SI
PHY JBIG DSP
I/F I/F
AS
CN300
USB
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
19
M
KX-MB2030BRW
Description of Pin Distribution (IC300) SOC (System On Chip)
DA
PIN NO. PinName I/O POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE EXPLANATION
A02 LEDONB O 3.3V SCANNER INTERFACE
LT
A03 NCCDON O 3.3V SCANNER INTERFACE
A04 AFEMCLK O 3.3V SCANNER INTERFACE
A05 NCCDCP O 3.3V NOT USED
A
A06 CCDCLK O 3.3V NOT USED
IC
A07 PIO29 O 3.3V OPERATION PANEL INTERFACE
A08 PIO57 O 3.3V CARRIAGE MOTOR INTERFACE
CN
A09 PIO53 O 3.3V CARRIAGE/ADF MOTOR INTERFACE
A10 PIO50 O 3.3V CARRIAGE/ADF MOTOR INTERFACE
A11 PIO46 O 3.3V FAN1 CONTROL
TE
A12 PIO42 O 3.3V DC MOTOR INTERFACE
A13 NFRCE O 3.3V FLASH MEMORY CHIP SELECT
A14 FRMD0 I/O 3.3V FLASH MEMORY DATA BUS 0
A
CI
A17 FRMA3 O 3.3V FLASH MEMORY ADDRESS BUS 3
EN
A20 THRMAVDD - 3.3V POWER SUPPLY
ST
SI
AS
AA01 SDMD8 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 8
AA02 SDMD9 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 9
AA03 SDMA7 O 3.3V SDRAM ADDRESS BUS 7
AA04 SDMA6 O 3.3V SDRAM ADDRESS BUS 6
N
AA23 VDD1.2 - 1.2V POWER SUPPLY

PA
AA24 AFERST O 3.3V NCU INTERFACE

AA25 RING I 3.3V NCU INTERFACE
AA26 EXTINT I 3.3V NCU INTERFACE
RO
AB01 SDMD10 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 10

AB02 SDMD11 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 11
AB03 SDMA5 O 3.3V SDRAM ADDRESS BUS 5
ET
AB04 VDD1.2 - 1.2V POWER SUPPLY

AB23 VSS - GND GND
EL
AB24 BTXD O 3.3V NCU INTERFACE

AB25 BRXD I 3.3V NCU INTERFACE
AB26 AFECLK O 3.3V NCU INTERFACE
AC01 SDMD12 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 12
AC02 SDMD13 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 13
AC03 SDMA4 O 3.3V SDRAM ADDRESS BUS 4
AC04 VSS - GND GND
AC05 VSS - GND GND
AC06 VDD1.2 - 1.2V POWER SUPPLY
AC07 TXD0 O 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
AC08 TX_ER O 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
AC09 RXD1 I 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
AC11 TEST I 3.3V NOT USED
AC12 USBREXT I 3.3V USB INTERFACE
AC15 USBXIN I 3.3V CRYSTAL(12MHz) INPUT
AC16 LSI_SCAN_ENABLE I 3.3V NOT USED
AC18 NWDTRST O 3.3V WATCH DOG TIMER RESET OUTPUT
AC19 LSI_TN I 3.3V NOT USED
AC20 PSCIO2 I 3.3V INPUT PORT (FANDET1)
AC21 PSCIO6 O 3.3V NOT USED
AC23 VSS - GND GND
AC24 ATXD O 3.3V NCU INTERFACE
AC25 BBITCLK I/O 3.3V NCU INTERFACE
20
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
AC26 BSPCLK I/O 3.3V NCU INTERFACE
AD01 SDMD14 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 14
AD02 SDMD15 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 15
LT
AD03 VSS - GND GND
AD04 NBATRST I 3.3V BATTERY RESET INPUT
AD05 VDD2RTC - 1.2V POWER SUPPLY
A
AD06 CRS I 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
AD07 TXD1 O 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
IC
AD08 RX_DV I 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
AD09 RXD2 I 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
CN
AD10 RX_ER I 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
AD11 CLKSEL I 3.3V NOT USED
AD12 USBVSSA33_BIAS - GND GND
TE
AD13 USBVSSA33 - GND GND
AD14 USBVDDA12_SQ - 1.2V POWER SUPPLY
AD15 USBVSSA12 - GND GND
A
AD16 LSI_TRSTN I 3.3V NOT USED
CI
AD17 LSI_TDO O 3.3V NOT USED
AD18 NRST I 3.3V SYSTEM RESET INPUT
AD19 HTRCTL O 3.3V HEATER CONTROL
EN
AD20 PSCIO3 I 3.3V INPUT PORT (POUT)
AD21 PSCIO7 O 3.3V NOT USED
ST
AD22 PSCIO15 I 3.3V INPUT PORT (RPS)
AD23 NC - - NOT USED
AD24 VSS - GND GND
SI
AD25 ASPCLK I/O 3.3V NCU INTERFACE
AD26 ARXD I 3.3V NCU INTERFACE
AS
AE01 SDLDM1 O 3.3V SDRAM DQML1

AE02 VSS - GND GND
AE03 SYSPLLVSS1 - GND GND
N
AE04 RTCCLKOUT O 3.3V CRYSTAL(32.768KHz) OUTPUT

AE05 RTCPWRDWN I 3.3V RTC POWER DOWN
PA
AE06 TX_CLKI I 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE

AE07 TXD2 O 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
RO
AE08 RX_CLKI I 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE

AE09 RXD3 I 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
AE10 MDC O 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
ET
AE11 NC - - NOT USED

AE12 USBID O 3.3V NOT USED
AE13 USBDM I/O 3.3V USB INTERFACE
EL
AE14 USBVSSA12_SQ - GND GND

AE15 USBVDDA12PLL - 1.2V POWER SUPPLY
AE16 USBVDDA12 - 1.2V POWER SUPPLY
AE17 LSI_TDI I 3.3V NOT USED
AE18 LSI_PROCMON O 3.3V NOT USED
AE19 LSI_IDDT I 3.3V NOT USED
AE20 PSCIO1 I 3.3V INPUT PORT (PICK)
AE21 PSCIO5 O 3.3V NOT USED
AE22 PSCIO13 I 3.3V INPUT PORT (TNR)
AE23 MDMCLKOUT O 3.3V CRYSTAL(24.576MHz) OUTPUT
AE24 MDMPLLVDD - 3.3V POWER SUPPLY
AE25 VSS - GND GND
AE26 ABITCLK I/O 3.3V NCU INTERFACE
AF02 SYSPLLVDD1 - 3.3V POWER SUPPLY
AF03 VDD3.3OSC - 3.3V POWER SUPPLY
AF04 RTCCLKIN I 3.3V CRYSTAL(32.768KHz) INPUT
AF05 COL I 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
AF06 TX_EN O 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
AF07 TXD3 O 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
AF08 RXD0 I 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
AF09 MDIO I/O 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
AF10 MGTINT I 3.3V ETHERNET INTERFACE
AF11 USBVBUS O 3.3V USB INTERFACE
AF12 USBVDDA33_BIAS - 3.3V POWER SUPPLY
AF13 USBDP I/O 3.3V USB INTERFACE
AF14 USBVDDA33 - 3.3V POWER SUPPLY
AF15 USBVSSA12PLL - GND GND
21
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
AF16 USBXOUT I 3.3V CRYSTAL(12MHz) OUTPUT
AF17 LSI_TMS I 3.3V NOT USED
AF18 LSI_TCK I 3.3V NOT USED
LT
AF19 LSI_CW_TAP I 3.3V NOT USED
AF20 PSCIO0 I 3.3V INPUT PORT (REGIST)
AF21 PSCIO4 O 3.3V NOT USED
A
AF22 PSCIO12 I 3.3V INPUT PORT (POUT)
AF23 PSCIO14 I 3.3V INPUT PORT (DOCU)
IC
AF24 MDMCLKIN I 3.3V CRYSTAL(24.576MHz) INPUT
AF25 MDMPLLVSS - GND GND
CN
B01 AFEADC0 I 3.3V NOT USED
B02 VSS - GND GND
B03 LEDONG O 3.3V SCANNER INTERFACE
TE
B04 AFERSMP O 3.3V NOT USED
B05 AFEVSMP O 3.3V SCANNER INTERFACE
B06 NCCDRS O 3.3V SCANNER INTERFACE
A
B07 PIO30 I/O 3.3V OPERATION PANEL INTERFACE
CI
B08 MMPWR O 3.3V NOT USED
B09 PIO54 O 3.3V CARRIAGE/ADF MOTOR INTERFACE
B10 PIO51 O 3.3V CARRIAGE/ADF MOTOR INTERFACE
EN
B11 PIO47 O 3.3V NOT USED
B12 PIO43 O 3.3V DC MOTOR INTERFACE
ST
B13 NFROE O 3.3V FLASH MEMORY CHIP OUTPUT ENABLE
B14 FRMD1 I/O 3.3V FLASH MEMORY DATA BUS 1
B15 FRMD4 I/O 3.3V FLASH MEMORY DATA BUS 4
SI
B16 FRMA0 O 3.3V FLASH MEMORY ADDRESS BUS 0
AS

B19 THRMAVSS - GND GND
B20 TONE O 3.3V ANALOG(TONE) OUTPUT
N

PA

RO
B25 VSS - GND GND

B26 DOTPLLVSS - GND GND
C01 AFEADC3 I 3.3V NOT USED
ET
C02 AFEADC1 I 3.3V NOT USED

C03 VSS - GND GND
C04 LEDONR O 3.3V SCANNER INTERFACE
EL
C05 OEB O 3.3V NOT USED

C06 CCDSH O 3.3V SCANNER INTERFACE
C07 PIO31 O 3.3V OPERATION PANEL INTERFACE
C08 OPMPWR O 3.3V NOT USED
C09 PIO55 O 3.3V CARRIAGE/ADF MOTOR INTERFACE
C10 PIO52 O 3.3V CARRIAGE/ADF MOTOR INTERFACE
C11 PIO49 O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT(HSSPMUTE)
C12 PIO45 O 3.3V DC MOTOR INTERFACE
C13 NFRWE O 3.3V FLASH MEMORY CHIP WRITE ENABLE
C14 FRMD2 I/O 3.3V FLASH MEMORY DATA BUS 2
C15 FRMD6 I/O 3.3V FLASH MEMORY DATA BUS 6
C16 FRMA2 O 3.3V FLASH MEMORY ADDRESS BUS 2
C19 THRMSTR0 I 3.3V ANALOG INPUT(THERMISTOR)
C20 TONEAVDD - 3.3V POWER SUPPLY
C24 VSS - GND GND
C25 DOTPLLVDD - 3.3V POWER SUPPLY
C26 DOTCLKIN I 3.3V CRYSTAL(20MHz) INPUT
D01 AFEADC5 I 3.3V SCANNER INTERFACE
D02 AFEADC4 I 3.3V SCANNER INTERFACE
D03 AFEADC2 I 3.3V NOT USED
D04 VSS - GND GND
D05 VSS - GND GND
22
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
D06 VDD1.2 - 1.2V POWER SUPPLY
D07 PIO32 O 3.3V OPERATION PANEL INTERFACE
D08 CRMPWR O 3.3V MOTOR CURRENT CONTROL
LT
D09 PIO56 O 3.3V ADF MOTOR INTERFACE
D11 PIO48 O 3.3V NOT USED
A
D12 PIO44 O 3.3V DC MOTOR INTERFACE
IC
D15 FRMD5 I/O 3.3V FLASH MEMORY DATA BUS 5
CN
D16 FRMA1 O 3.3V FLASH MEMORY ADDRESS BUS 1
TE
D19 THRMSTR1 I 3.3V ANALOG INPUT(THERMISTOR)
D20 TONEAVSS - GND GND
A
CI
D23 VSS - GND GND
D24 NC - - NOT USED
D25 DOTCLKOUT O 3.3V CRYSTAL(20MHz) OUTPUT
EN
D26 PIO66 O 3.3V NOT USED
E01 SDUDM0 O 3.3V SDRAM DQMU0
ST
E02 AFEADC7 I 3.3V SCANNER INTERFACE
E03 AFEADC6 I 3.3V SCANNER INTERFACE
E04 VSS - GND GND
SI
E23 VDD1.2 - 1.2V POWER SUPPLY
E24 FRMA24 O 3.3V FLASH MEMORY ADDRESS BUS 24
AS
E25 PIO65 O 3.3V NOT USED

E26 PIO64 O 3.3V NOT USED
F01 SDMD16 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 16
N
F02 SDMD17 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 17

F03 AFESIFCLK O 3.3V SCANNER INTERFACE
PA
F04 VDD1.2 - 1.2V POWER SUPPLY

F23 PIO24 I 3.3V LSU INTERFACE
RO
F24 PIO61 O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT(SPMUTE)

F25 PIO60 O 3.3V NOT USED
F26 PIO3 O 3.3V LSU INTERFACE
ET
G01 SDMD18 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 18

G02 SDMD19 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 19
G03 AFESIFDIN I 3.3V SCANNER INTERFACE
EL
G04 AFESIFEN O 3.3V SCANNER INTERFACE

G23 PSCIO24 I 3.3V LSU INTERFACE
G24 PIO2 O 3.3V LSU INTERFACE
G26 PIO58 O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT(CIDRLY)
H01 SDMD20 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 20
H02 SDMD21 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 21
H03 NSDCS2 O 3.3V SDRAM CHIP SELECT 2
H04 AFESIFDOUT O 3.3V SCANNER INTERFACE
H23 PIO63 O 3.3V LSU INTERFACE
H25 PIO28 O 3.3V NOT USED
J01 SDMD22 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 22
J02 SDMD23 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 23
J03 SDMA3 O 3.3V SDRAM ADDRESS BUS 3
J04 SDMA2 O 3.3V SDRAM ADDRESS BUS 2
J23 PIO6 O 3.3V HIGH VOLTAGE UNIT INTERFACE
J24 PIO27 O 3.3V NOT USED
K01 VSS - GND GND
K02 SDCLK2 O 3.3V SDRAM CLOCK 2
K03 VSS - GND GND
K04 VDD3.3 - 3.3V POWER SUPPLY
K23 VDD1.2 - 1.2V POWER SUPPLY
K24 PIO41 O 3.3V NOT USED
23
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
L01 SDMD24 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 24
L02 SDMD25 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 25
LT
L03 SDMA1 O 3.3V SDRAM ADDRESS BUS 1
L04 SDMAÇO O 3.3V SDRAM ADDRESS BUS 0
L11 VSS - GND GND
A
L12 VSS - GND GND
L13 VSS - GND GND
IC
L14 VSS - GND GND
L15 VSS - GND GND
CN
L16 VSS - GND GND
L23 PIO37 I 3.3V INPUT PORT (RING)
L24 PIO38 O 3.3V NOT USED
TE
M01 SDMD26 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 26
A
M02 SDMD27 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 27
CI
M03 SDMA10 O 3.3V SDRAM ADDRESS BUS 10
M04 SDBA1 O 3.3V SDRAM BANK ADDRESS 1
M11 VSS - GND GND
EN
M12 VSS - GND GND
M13 VSS - GND GND
ST
M14 VSS - GND GND
M15 VSS - GND GND
M16 VSS - GND GND
SI
M23 PIO33 O 3.3V NOT USED
AS

M26 PIO25 O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT(CNGMUTE)
N01 SDMD28 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 28
N
N02 SDMD29 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 29

N03 SDBA0 O 3.3V SDRAM BANK ADDRESS 0
PA
N04 VDD1.2 - 1.2V POWER SUPPLY

N11 VSS - GND GND
RO
N12 VSS - GND GND

N13 VSS - GND GND
N14 VSS - GND GND
ET
N15 VSS - GND GND

N16 VSS - GND GND
N23 VDD3.3 - 3.3V POWER SUPPLY
EL
N24 PIO23 O 3.3V NOT USED

P01 SDMD30 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 30
P02 SDMD31 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 31
P03 NSDCS O 3.3V SDRAM CHIP SELECT 1
P04 VDD3.3 - 3.3V POWER SUPPLY
P11 VSS - GND GND
P12 VSS - GND GND
P13 VSS - GND GND
P14 VSS - GND GND
P15 VSS - GND GND
P16 VSS - GND GND
P23 VDD1.2 - 1.2V POWER SUPPLY
P24 PIO16 I 3.3V INPUT PORT
P25 PIO17 I 3.3V INPUT PORT
P26 PIO18 I 3.3V HIGH VOLTAGE UNIT INTERFACE
R01 SDUDM1 O 3.3V SDRAM DQMU1
R02 SDLDM0 O 3.3V SDRAM DQML0
R03 BZVDD33 - 3.3V POWER SUPPLY
R04 BZRST33 - 3.3V POWER SUPPLY
R11 VSS - GND GND
R12 VSS - GND GND
R13 VSS - GND GND
R14 VSS - GND GND
R15 VSS - GND GND
R16 VSS - GND GND
24
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
R23 PIO13 O 3.3V NOT USED
LT
R26 PIO15 I 3.3V INPUT PORT
T01 SDMD0 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 0
T02 SDMD1 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 1
A
T03 NSDCAS O 3.3V SDRAM CAS
T04 NSDRAS O 3.3V SDRAM RAS
IC
T11 VSS - GND GND
T12 VSS - GND GND
CN
T13 VSS - GND GND
T14 VSS - GND GND
T15 VSS - GND GND
TE
T16 VSS - GND GND
T23 PIO9 O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT(SNPICK)
T24 PIO8 O 3.3V NOT USED
A
T25 PIO10 O 3.3V NOT USED
CI
T26 PIO11 O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT(SNREG)
U01 SDMD2 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 2
U02 SDMD3 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 3
EN
U03 NSDWE O 3.3V SDRAM WRITE ENABLE
U04 VDD1.2 - 1.2V POWER SUPPLY
ST
U23 VDD3.3 - 3.3V POWER SUPPLY
U24 PIO0 I 3.3V INPUT PORT (HOOK)
U25 PIO1 O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT(EXTRLY)
SI
U26 PIO7 O 3.3V NOT USED
V01 SDMD4 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 4
AS
V02 SDMD5 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 5

V03 SDCKE O 3.3V SDRAM CLOCK ENABLE
V04 SDMA12 O 3.3V SDRAM ADDRESS BUS 12
N
V23 PSCIO20 I 3.3V INPUT PORT (CIS HOME)

V24 PSCIO21 O 3.3V NOT USED
PA

RO
W01 SDMD6 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 6

W02 SDMD7 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 7
W03 SDMA11 O 3.3V SDRAM ADDRESS BUS 11
ET
W04 SDMA9 O 3.3V SDRAM ADDRESS BUS 9

W23 PSCIO16 O 3.3V NOT USED
W24 PSCIO17 I 3.3V INPUT PORT (FANDET2)
EL
W25 PSCIO18 I 3.3V INPUT PORT (TOPCVR)

W26 PSCIO19 I 3.3V INPUT PORT (PSTART)
Y01 VSS - GND GND
Y02 SDCLK O 3.3V SDRAM CLOCK 1
Y03 SDMA8 O 3.3V SDRAM ADDRESS BUS 8
Y04 VSS - GND GND
Y23 AFESEL0 I 3.3V NCU INTERFACE
Y24 AFESEL1 I 3.3V NCU INTERFACE
Y25 EXMDMCS O 3.3V NOT USED
Y26 DP O 3.3V NCU INTERFACE
25
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.3.2. RTC Backup Circuit
DA
1. Function
This unit has a lithium battery (BAT300) which works for the Real Time Clock IC (RTC: inside IC300).
The RTC continues to work, backed up by a lithium battery even when the power switch is OFF.
LT
2. RTC Inside (IC300) Backup Circuit Operation
When the power switch is turned ON, power is supplied to the RTC (inside IC300). At this time, the voltage at pin AF3 of the
A
IC300 is +3.3V. When the power switch is turned OFF, the BAT300 supplies power to RTC through DA300.
When the power switch is OFF and the voltage of +3.3V decreases, pin AF3 of RTC (IC300) becomes roughly the same volt-
IC
age as the battery voltage. RTC goes into the backup mode, in which the power consumption is lower.
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
26
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.3.3. Modem Circuit Operation
DA
The modem (Included IC300) has all the hardware satisfying the CCITT standards mentioned previously.
ALL processing is controlled by the SOC (IC300) according to CCITT procedures.
This modem (Included IC300) has an automatic application equalizer. With training signal 1 or 2 at the time of G3 reception, it can
LT
automatically establish the optimum equalizer.
A
Facsimile Transmission/DTMF Line Send
The digital image data sent on ATXD line from modem (Included IC300) .
IC
DAA IC100(6→9,10), Line side DAA IC101 and the NCU section to the telephone line.
CN
Facsimile Reception
The analog image data which is received from the telephone line passes through the NCU section and enters line side DAA*1
TE
IC100. The signals are changed to digital data in IC101 (5,6) ,IC100(9,10→5) and IC300. In this case, the image signals from
the telephone line are transmitted serially. Here, the internal equalizer circuit reduces the image signals to a long-distance
receiving level. This is designed to correct the characteristics of the frequency band centered around 3 kHz and maintain a con-
A
stant receiving sensitivity.
CI
Busy/Dial Tone Detection
The path is the same as Facsimile Reception.
EN
Call Tone Transmission
ST
This is the call signal which is generated the SOC (IC300) and sent to the speaker.
SI
*1 DAA : Direct Access Arrangement
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
27
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.3.4. TEL Line Section
DA
Composed of ITS circuit and NCU circuit.
6.3.4.1. Description of Block Diagram in Analog Section
LT
Function
The analog section works as an interface between the telephone line.
DAA control ITS circuit and NCU circuit.
A
DAA control signals are output from Soc IC300.
IC
Circuit Operation
CN
[NCU]: Network Control Unit the NCU comprises of the following; DC loop forming circuit to connect with the telephone line;
Switching circuit for other interconnected telephones; Bell detection circuit; Remote fax activation circuit.
Refer to NCU Section (P.29) for the details.
TE
6.3.4.2. Block Diagram
A
CI
EXTRLY
EN
IC100 IC101
3
ST
RING 15 T
10 5
13
R
9 6
ARXD 5 16
SI
ATXD 6 14
AS
12
8 1
T
9 15
R
N
PA
RO
IC200
ET
BTXD 4 HS_MIC(+)
10
HS_MIC(+)
EL
BRXD 5
16 HS_SP(+)
HS_SP(-)
SP(+)
1 SP(-)
KX-MB2030BRW: MAIN BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM
28
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.4. NCU Section
DA
6.4.1. General
This section is the interface between the telephone line and external telephone. It is composed of an EXT. TEL line relay (RLY100),
LT
bell detection circuit, TAM interface circuit and line amplifier.
6.4.2. EXT. TEL. Line Relay (RLY100)
A
1. Circuit Operation
IC
Normally, this relay switches to the external telephone side and switches to the open side while OFF-HOOK.
IC300 (R33) High Level→Q100 ON→RLY100 (ON)
CN
6.4.3. Bell Detection Circuit
TE
The signal waveform is indicated below. The bell signal input to IC101 and ring detected signal output from pin 15 of IC100.
IC300 monitor this signal and judged as bell.
A
TEL LINE→IC101 (8,9 - 5,6)→IC100 (9,10 - 15)→IC300(AA25)
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
29
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.4.4. Calling Line Identification Circuit (FSK)
DA
1. Function
This unit is compatible with the Caller ID service offered by your local telephone company. To use this feature, you must sub-
scribe to a Caller ID service. The data for the caller ID from the telephone exchange is sent during the interval between the
LT
first and second rings of the bell signal. The data from the telephone exchange is a modem signal which is modulated in an
FSK (Frequency Shift Keying) format. Data “0” is a 1200 Hz sine wave, and data 1 a 2200 Hz sine wave.
A
There are two type of the message format which can be received: i.e.the single data message format and multiple data mes-
sage format.
IC
The multiple data format allows to transmit the name and data code information in addition to the time and telephone number
data.
CN
When there is multiple data in the unit, the name or telephone number are displayed.
TE
The caller ID signal input from TEL LINE is processed with Soc (IC300).
TEL LINE→IC101 (8,9 - 5,6)→IC100 (9,10 - 5)→IC300(AD26)
6.4.5. Calling Line Identification Circuit (DTMF)
A
1. Function
CI
This unit is compatible with the Caller ID service offered by your local telephone company. To use this feature, you must sub-
scribe to a Caller ID service. This data for the caller ID from the telephone exchange is sent before the first rings of the bell
EN
signal. The data from the telephone exchange is a DTMF signal.
ST
The caller ID signal input from TEL LINE is processed with Soc (IC300).
TEL LINE→IC101 (8,9 - 5,6)→IC100 (9,10 - 5)→IC300(AD26)SI
6.4.6. Remote FAX Activation Circuit
AS
1. Function
Another telephone connected to same line activates the unit to the FAX mode by using a DTMF signal.
2. Signal Path
N

PA
6.4.7. TAM Interface Circuit

This circuit is to switch between FAX receiving and the external TAM’s message recording automatically.
RO
For details, please refer to TAM Interface Section (P.31).

ET
EL
30
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.5. ITS (Integrated telephone System) and Monitor Section
DA
6.5.1. General
The general ITS operation is performed by IC200 which has a handset circuit. The alarm tone, the key tone, and the beep are
LT
output from Soc IC300.
A
6.5.1.1. Telephone Monitor
IC
1. Function
This is the function when you are not holding the handset and can hear the caller’s voice from the line.
CN
(Telephone Monitor Signal Path)
Signals received from the telephone line are output through at the speaker via the following path.
TE
3. Signal Path
TEL LINE→D103→Q104→C106→IC101(3-5,6)→IC100(9,10-5)→IC300(AD26-AB24)→IC200(4-1)→IC202(2-1)→IC204(4-
A
5,8)→CN200(1,2)→CN58(1,2)→CN57(1,2)→SPEAKER
CI
6.5.1.2. Monitor Circuit
1. Function
EN
This circuit monitors various tones, such as (1) DTMF tone, (2) Alarm/Beep/Key tone/Bell.
2. Signal Path
ST
a. DTMF MONITOR
(Speaker Operation)
IC300(AB24)→IC200(4-1)→IC202(2-1)→IC204(4-5,8)→CN200(1,2)→CN58(1,2)→CN57(1,2)→SPEAKER
SI
(Handset Operation)
AS
IC300(AB24)→IC200(4-16)→IC203(4-8)→CN200(7,8)→CN58(7,8)→HANDSET SPEAKER
b. ALARM/BEEP/KEY TONE/BELL
IC300(B20)→IC202(2-1)→IC204(4-5,8)→CN200(1,2)→CN58(1,2)→CN57(1,2)→SPEAKER
N
PA
6.5.1.3. TAM Interface Section

1. Function
RO
When TAM is connected to this unit, the unit receives documents for FAX calls or the external TAM records a voice message
automatically.
ET
The TAM INTERFACE circuit consists of Soc(IC300) to detect the other party CNG signal, and RLY100 to separate EXT.TAM.
EL
a. CNG signal detection circuit

The CNG signal from the other party’s FAX is detected in Soc IC300
(Signal path)
b. Remote receiving
This is the parallel-connected DTMF signal for the TEL or EXT.TEL mode between T and R. When the other party is a
FAX, the unit switches to FAX receiving.
(Signal Path)
31
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.6. CIS Control Section
DA
The scanning block of this device consists of a control circuit and a CIS (contact image sensor), and AFE(Analog Front End) include
A/D Converter.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
When an original document is inserted and the start button pressed, pin A3 of IC300 goes to a low level and the transistor Q518
turns on.
This applies voltage to the CIS. The CIS is driven by each of the CCDSH , CCDCLK signals output from IC300, and the original
image illuminated by the LED to output an analog image signal.
The analog image signal is input to the AFE on VINP(20pin of IC503) and converted into 16-bit data by the A/D converter inside
IC503. Then this signal undergoes digital processing in order to obtain a high-quality image.
32
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.7. Motor Drive Section
DA
6.7.1. Engine Motor Control Circuit
1. Functions
LT
All driving forces of printer engine part are supplied by this engine motor.
Engine motor is controlled so as to rotate at constant speed during printing and copying.
A
2. Motor operation
<Start operation>
IC
In order to start the motor rotation, following 3 signals are supplied from IC300.
1. SS signal (Output pin: Pin B12/Output Signal: "H")
CN
When this signal is inverted by transistor Q502 and becomes "L", motor recognize this signal as "start" signal.
2. Clock signal (Output pin: Pin A12/Output Signal: Pulse)
TE
Pulse frequency :approx. 2.2KHz (at normal printing speed)
Pulse frequency :approx. 1.1KHz.(at half printing speed)
This signal is also inverted by transistor Q525, and supplied to motor as "clock" signal.
A
3. Brake signal (Output pin: Pin C12/Output Signal: "H")
When this signal is inverted by transistor Q526 and becomes "L", motor recognize this signal as "brake off" signal.
CI
EN
When motor reaches constant speed, "L" signal is supplied from motor to IC300 pin D12 as "Lock detect (LD)" signal.
If "LD" signal does not becomes "L" within predetermined period after "SS" signal becomes "H", or if "LD" signal becomes
"H" during rotation, it is judged that motor Error occurred.
Timing Chart of Start operation

ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
33
M
KX-MB2030BRW
<Stop operation>
DA
In order to stop the motor rotation, following 2 signals are supplied from IC300.
1. SS signal (Output pin: Pin B12/Output Signal: "L")
When this signal is inverted by transistor Q502 and becomes "H", motor recognize this signal as "stop" signal.
LT
2. Brake signal (Output pin: Pin C12/Output Signal: "L")
When this signal is inverted by transistor Q526 and becomes "H", motor recognize this signal as "brake on" signal.
A
Timing Chart of Stop operation
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
6.7.1.1. Engine Motor Drive Circuit

PA
RO
ET
EL
6.7.2. Scanner Motor Drive Circuit

General
Scanner motor drive circuit is consist of motor current control circuit ,FB (Flat Bed) motor driver, ADF (Auto Document Feeder:
equipped model only) motor driver and OCP (Over Current Protection) circuit.
6.7.2.1. Motor current control circuit

1. Circuit explanation
According to the scan speed, each motor current is controlled for appropriate value.
When scan speed is low, motor current is reduced to prevent the vibration during motor rotation.
When scan speed is high, motor needs much driving force. so much current should be supplied.
34
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
For the control of motor current, Vref voltage of each motor driver is controlled.
When Vref voltage is high, motor current is increased, and the voltage is low, motor current is reduced.
In order to control the Vref voltage, PWM pulse is supplied from IC300 pin D8.
LT
PWM pulse is inverted by Q521 and integrated by R533, R534, and C509, then converted to DC voltage.
This DC voltage is supplied to Vref pin of each motor drivers.
A
When duty of PWM pulse is high, Vref voltage is decreased and when duty is low, Vref voltage is increased.
IC
For FB motor, motor current is controlled approx. 0.1A-0.25A.
CN
For ADF motor, motor current is controlled approx. 0.2A-0.35A (ADF equipped model only).
2. Circuit diagram of current control and OCP circuit
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
3. Timing chart
RO
Following timing charts are the example when PWM pulse duty are approx 9% and 45%..
ET
EL
35
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.7.2.2. OCP (Over Current Protection) circuit
DA
1. Functions
By parts failure or other reason, if Vref voltage exceeds 0.9V, extreme current is supplied to the motor. This may cause motor
over heat and damage.
LT
To prevent this problem, over current protection circuit is provided.
If Vref voltage becomes over 0.9V, Q522 or Q700 turns on. Then PS signal (pin20 of motor driver) becomes "L" and motor
A
driver stops output the motor current.
IC
2. Circuit Diagram
Refer to the circuit diagram in Motor current control circuit (P.34).
CN
6.7.2.3. FB (Flat Bed) Motor Drive Circuit
1. Functions
TE
This motor functions for main operations including FAX transmission, FB copy and PC scan.
This motor feeds CIS unit with synchronizing for reading.
A
2. Motor operation
CI
During motor driving, pin A8 of IC 300 become "H" level, then motor driver IC502 is activated.
Stepping pulses are output from IC300 pins A9, B9, C9, A10, B10, and C10, causing driver IC502 pin 4, 6, 7 and 9 to drive the
EN
motor coil.
A 1-step rotation of this motor feeds 0.021mm of CIS unit.
ST
3. Circuit Diagram SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
36
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.7.2.4. ADF (Auto Document Feeder) Motor drive circuit
DA
1. Functions
This motor functions for main operations including FAX transmission, ADF copy and PC scan.
This motor feeds document, which are set to ADF with synchronizing for reading.
LT
2. Motor operation
A
During motor driving, pin D9 of IC 300 become low level, then motor driver IC700 is activated.
Stepping pulses are output from IC300 pins A9, B9, C9, A10, B10, and C10, causing driver IC700 pin 4, 6, 7 and 9 to drive the
IC
motor coil.
A 1-step rotation of this motor feeds 0.042mm of document.
CN
3. Circuit Diagram
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
37
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.8. Timing chart and wave form of scanner motors
DA
Control sequence and waveform of both FB and ADF motor are almost same.
6.8.1. Normal 1-2 phase excitation (half step)
LT
1. Timing chart
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
2. Wave form
38
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.8.2. Flat torque 1-2 phase excitation (half step)
DA
1. Timing chart
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
2. Wave form
EL
39
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.8.3. W1-2 phase excitation (Quarter step)
DA
1. Timing chart
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
2. Wave form
EL
40
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.8.4. Drive mode of FB and ADF motor
DA
Correspondent table of operation
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
6.9. FAN Motor Section

EL
6.9.1. General
This unit is equipped with two FAN motors to prevent the developing devices, Power Supply Unit (PSU) and other devices from
overheating during printing.
The FAN rotates at high speed (Approx. 3000rpm) while printing.
After printing is finished, FAN rotates at low speed (Approx.2200rpm) while predetermined period.
41
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.9.2. Circuit Diagram of FAN
DA
Two FAN motors are controlled by following one circuit.
So the operation of two FAN motors (Full speed rotation/Half speed rotation/Stop) are controlled simultaneously.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
6.9.3. Fan Control
For the control of FAN speed, comparator IC (IC504) is used.
AS
This IC compares (+) side input level and (-) side input level.
If (+) side input level is bigger than (-) side input level, output of this IC is "OPEN".
If (+) side input level is less than (-) side input level, it outputs "L" level.
N
6.9.3.1. Half Speed Mode

PA
In half speed mode, IC300_pinA11 outputs pulse (frequency is about 30KHz, duty is about 37.5%).
This pulse is integrated by R30 and C502 then Pin2_IC504 becomes approx. DC1.24V. Input level of IC504_pin2 is determined by
RO
the voltage of between R507.

If voltage between R507 is less than 1.24V, output of pin1_IC504 becomes "H".
Then both Q512 and Q510 are turned on. So voltage between R504 (=the voltage of pin2_IC504) rises gradually.
ET
When the voltage between R507 exceeds 1.24V, output of pin1_IC504 becomes "L".
Then both Q512 and Q510 are turned off. So voltage between R507 falls gradually.
EL
By repeating these sequences, voltage between R507 is controlled approx. 1.24V.

On the other hand, if FAN voltage is represented Vo and voltage between R507 is represented VL, VL is determined as below for-
mula.
VL=Vo*R507/(R505+R507) → Vo=VL*(R505+R507)/R507
Since each value is as follows, Vo is determined approx. 9.7(V).
VL=1.24(V), R505=150(Kohm), R507=22(Kohm)
Vo=1.24*(150K+22K)/22K=9.7(V)
Therefore by reducing the voltage of FAN power supply, FAN rotates with half speed.
6.9.3.2. Full Speed Mode

In full speed mode, IC300_pinA11 outputs constant 3.3V.
When both Q512 and Q510 are turned on, Vo becomes 24V.
So the voltage between R507 is determined as follows
VL=Vo*R507/(R505+R507)=24*22K/(150K+22K)=3.07(V)
Since IC504_pinA3 is 3.3V and IC504_pinA2 is 3.07V, pin1_IC504 is always "H".
Consequently both Q512 and Q510 are always turned on, and then 24V is supplied to FAN motors.
Therefore FAN rotates with full speed.
6.9.3.3. FAN stop

When IC300_pinA11 is "L", both Q512 and Q510 are turned off, then both FAN stop.
6.9.3.4. Rotation detect signal

During the FAN rotation, the pulse signal is output from pin 2 of FAN motors as the rotation detects signals.
If the period of the pulse is wider than predetermined value, it is judged that FAN error occurred.
Then display shows "Call Service 4". (Refer to CALL SERVICE 4 (P.121)).
42
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.9.4. Control table
DA
FANON1H FAN1and FAN2 mode
LT
(IC300_pinA11)
H Full speed
Pulse Half speed
A
L Stop
IC
6.9.5. Waveform
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
43
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.10. Solenoid Driver Section
DA
The solenoid drive circuit controls Registration solenoid and Pick up Solenoid.
These solenoids are designed to be driven 24V.
LT
The diodes protect transistors from reverse generated voltage when solenoids are turned off.
1. Circuit Diagram
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
2. Active Logic
REGISTRATION
N
MODE IC300_T26
PA
Solenoid ON High level

Solenoid OFF Low level
RO
PICKUP
MODE IC300_T23
ET
Solenoid ON High level

Solenoid OFF Low level
EL
44
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.11. LSU (Laser Scanning Unit) Section
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
45
KX-MB2030BRW
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
46
SI
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.12. Sensors and Switches Section
DA
All of the sensor and switches are shown below.
LT
Sensor Name Sensor Location Reference number Message Error
Pickup sensor Pickup & Fan2 PCB SW50 [PAPER JAMMED] [CHECK REAR CVR]
[WRONG PAPER & PRESS START]
A
Exit sensor Fuser PCB PS50 [PAPER JAMMED]
Home sensor CIS Home PCB PS55 [SCANNER POSITION ERROR]
IC
Read position sensor ADF PCB PS53 [CHECK DOCUMENT]
Registration & Manual paper sen- Registration & PTOP PS51 [PAPER JAMMED]
CN
sor PCB
Print timing sensor Registration & PTOP PS52 [PAPER JAMMED]
PCB
TE
Document sensor ADF PCB PS54 -
Top cover sensor H.V.P.S SW1 [TOP COVER OPEN]
Toner sensor TONER PCB IC51 [TONER EMPTY]
A
[TONER LOW]
[CHECK DRUM]
CI
Handset hook switch Handset PCB SW940 -
EN
Note:
See TEST FUNCTIONS - SENSOR CHECK SECTION for the sensor test.
(#815 of Service Mode test. Refer to Test Functions (P.90).
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
47
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.12.1. Drum Detection
DA
DRUM SENSOR is not arranged.
DRUM cartridge is detected when HVERR SENSOR arranged in H.V.P.S becomes effective.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
High Voltage ERROR Status Drum sensor Signal (IC300-P26)
EN
Abnormal DRUM can not be detected Low level
Normal DRUM can be detected High level
ST
6.12.2. Pickup Sensor
Paper SENSOR is not arranged. SI
Paper is detected when PICKUP SENSOR described as follows becomes effective.
This Switch detects whether a recording paper is picked up or not, and whether Rear Cover is opened or closed.
AS
When there is a recording paper at the position of the switch, the input signal of IC300-AE20pin becomes low level.
When there is no recording paper at the position of the switch, the input signal of IC300-AE20pin becomes high level.
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
Pickup status Idling status Signal (IC300-AE20pin)

A paper exists Rear Cover opened Low level
No papers Rear Cover closed High level
48
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.12.3. Exit Sensor
DA
This sensor detects whether the recording paper exits or not.
When there is a recording paper at the position of the sensor, the input signal of IC300-AD20pin becomes low level.
When there is no recording paper at the position of the sensor, the input signal of IC300-AD20pin becomes high level.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
Signal (IC300-AD20pin)
A paper exists Low level
No papers High level
N
6.12.4. Home Sensor

PA
This sensor detects whether the carriage is at its home position or not.
When the carriage is at its home position, a shelter plate closes the sensor light.
RO
So the photo-transistor turns off and the input signal of IC300-V23pin becomes high level.
When the carriage is not at its home position, a shelter plate lets the sensor light pass.
So the photo-transistor turns on and the input signal of IC300-V23pin becomes low level.
ET
EL
Photo-transistor Signal (IC300-V23pin)

A carriage is at home OFF High level
A carriage is not at home ON Low level
49
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.12.5. Read Position Sensor
DA
This sensor detects the front edge of the document.
When the front edge of the document is detected, the shelter plate closes the sensor light.
So the photo-transistor turns off and the input signal of IC300-AD22pin becomes high level.
LT
When the front edge of the document is not detected, the shelter plate lets the sensor light pass.
So the photo-transistor turns on and the input signal of IC300-AD22pin becomes low level.
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
Photo-transistor Signal (IC300-AD22pin)

A document exists OFF High level
No document ON Low level
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
50
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.12.6. Registration & Manual Paper Sensor
DA
This sensor detects whether the recording paper is at the sensor position.
When the recording paper is detected, the shelter plate lets the sensor light pass.
So the photo-transistor turns on, and input signal of IC300-AF20pin becomes low level.
LT
When the recording paper is not detected, the shelter plate closes the sensor light.
So the photo-transistor turns off, and input signal of IC300-AF20pin becomes high level.
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
Photo-transistor Signal (IC300-AF20pin)

N
Paper exists ON Low level

No paper OFF High level
PA
6.12.7. Print Timing Sensor

This sensor detects whether the recording paper is at the printing position.
RO
When the recording paper is detected, the shelter plate lets the sensor light pass.
So the photo-transistor turns on, and input signal of IC300-W26pin becomes low level.
ET
When the recording paper is not detected, the shelter plate closes the sensor light.
So the photo-transistor turns off, and input signal of IC300-W26pin becomes high level.
EL
Photo-transistor Signal (IC300-W26pin)

Paper exists ON Low level
No paper OFF High level
51
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.12.8. Document Sensor
DA
This sensor detects whether a document is set in ADF or not.
When a document is set in ADF, the shelter plate closes the sensor light.
So the photo-transistor turns off, and input signal of IC300-AF23pin becomes high level.
LT
When a document is not set in ADF, the shelter plate lets the sensor light pass.
So the photo-transistor turns on, and input signal of IC300-AF23pin becomes low level.
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
Photo-transistor Signal (IC300-AF23)

document exists OFF High level
No document ON Low level
N
6.12.9. Top Cover Sensor

PA
The Switches detect whether the top cover is open or closed.

When the top cover is closed, the switches turn ON, and the input signal of IC300-W25pin becomes a low level.
RO
When the top cover is open, the switches turns OFF, and the input signal of IC300-W25pin becomes a high level.
ET
EL
Switch Signal (IC300-W25pin)

Open OFF High level
Close ON Low level
52
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.12.10. Toner Sensor.... “Toner Empty”, “Toner Low”, “Change Drum”
DA
The Sensor detects whether or not the Drum cartridge and the toner are present.
When there is not Drum cartridge, Magnetic Field Sensor IC (IC51) turns off, and the input signal of IC300-AE22pin (Main
Board) becomes a High level over 9s. When the Drum cartridge is set, Magnetic Field Sensor IC (IC51) turns ON/OFF. If the
LT
time of IC300-AE22pin's Low level is under 600ms, there is enough toner in Drum cartridge, if not, toner is near empty.
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
Toner Sensor
The rest of toner is detected by the move speed of the magnet put on the pendulum of Mixing Paddle. The pendulum is pushed
up by the Mixing Paddle, then it falls down by its own weight. The rotation speed of paddle is set slower than the one of pendu-
lum which falls down by its own weight. When the toner is still left, the pendulum falls and stops on the toner, then pushed by the
paddle, it starts to rotate. When no toner is left, the pendulum falls to the bottom. Consequently the contact time between the
magnet and Magnetic Field sensor IC becomes short when toner is left and long with no toner.
State Display Signal (IC300-AE22pin)

Toner Set (full) - level = about 0.3s
Near Empty Toner TONER LOW Low level>540ms
Mixing Paddle does not rotate CHANGE DRUM High level fix or Low level fix
(“CHANGE DRUM”)
53
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.12.10.1. Toner Detection Flow
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CAUTION:
1. Toner low can be judged by continuous 5-times TONER LOW signal at only printing.
(It is not executed at.)
2. Toner full can be judged by continuous 6-times TONER FULL signal at initialization.
(It is not executed at printing.)
3. In the ordinal operation, “CHANGE DRUM” is displayed when TONER EMPTY sensor does not generate a signal for 7.4 sec-
onds.
54
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.12.10.2. Drum Detection
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
55
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.12.11. Handset Hook Switch
DA
When the handset is raised, the switch is turned off, and the signal of IC300-U24pin becomes low level.
When the handset is settled, the switch is turned on, and the signal of IC300-U24pin becomes high level.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
SW940 Signal (IC300-U24pin)
ON HOOK OPEN High level
OFF HOOK CLOSE Low level
6.13. Operation Board Section

ST
SI
The unit consists of a LCD (Liquid crystal display), KEYs and LEDs (light-emitting diodes). They are controlled by the Gate Array
AS
(IC1) on Operation board and IC300 on Main board.
The key matrix table is shown below.
N
LCD MODULE
PA
RO
ASIC
CN1
ET
CN511 CN2
EL
IC300
GATE ARRAY IC
IC1 8x5
KEYS
MATRIX
(Hard)
LED
MAIN BOARD OPERATION BOARD

1. Key Matrix
a. Hard Scan
KIN0 KIN1 KIN2 KIN3 KIN4 KIN5 KIN6 KIN7

KSL0 8 7 ↓ 9 S2 S4 RESOLUTIOIN
KSL1 0 → # MONITOR FLASH CONTRAST
KSL2 2 1 MENU 3 REDIAL S1 COLLATE
KSL3 STOP ← ↑ START N in 1 COPY S3 ZOOM
KSL4 5 4 SET 6 FAX SCAN AUTO
(LED7) ANSWER
*LED7 should be set to KSL4. "8 x 5" key matrix is executed by hardware scanning.
56
M
KX-MB2030BRW
2. LED
DA
• AUTO ANSWER LED ON/OFF port---LED2 (IC1-36pin)
• FAX MODE LED ON/OFF port---XLED10 (IC1-9pin)
• COPY MODE LED ON/OFF port---XLED12 (IC1-15pin)
LT
• SCAN MODE LED ON/OFF port---XLED11 (IC1-16pin)
6.14. LCD Section
A
The Gate Array (IC1) works only for writing the ASCII code from the data bus (D4~D7). V0 is supplied for the LCD drive.
IC
R6 and R7 are density control resistors.
Consequently, in this unit, the timing (positive clock) is generated by the LCD interface circuitry in the gate array (IC1).
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
57
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.15. HVPS (High Voltage Power Supply) Section
DA
6.15.1. HVPS Specification
LT
Charge (CHG) Grid Developing DC Developing AC Transfer (TRA) - Transfer (TRA) +
Output Characteristics Constant current Constant voltage Constant voltage Constant voltage Constant current Constant voltage
A
(Variable)
Nominal Output Voltage 4.35KV 475±10V 230V±15V 330V±15Vp-p 100MΩ 785V±100V
IC
(50~300V) 34KHz (-1.48KV)
PWM20%
CN
300MΩ/220pF
Nominal Output Current 200±15µA 200µA 0.73µA -14.8µA±1µA 1000MΩ
(19.4MΩ) ----- (0µA~25µA) (0.8µA)
TE
PWM 35%
Load Range 18.1MΩ~20.6MΩ ----- 100MΩ~2000MΩ ----- 33.8MΩ~284MΩ 10MΩ~1000MΩ
Constant Current 4.1~4.6KV ----- ----- ----- -0.5KV ~ -4.2KV -----
A
Range
CI
As for the developing voltage, the DC voltage and AC voltage are overlapped and output from an output terminal.
There is one terminal for transcription output and + and - are switched to be output.
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
6.15.2. CHG-BIAS (Charge BIAS)/GRID/ UNIT

When IC300 turns on the transistor Q506, CHG REM becomes “L”, and Charge BIAS (200µA) is output from CHG OUTPUT.
GRID BIAS is generated by the current flowing in the GRID circuit via charge wire and GRID.
58
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.15.3. DEV DC BIAS UNIT
DA
When CHG REM is “L”, 5.425kHz PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) is input from IC300 to DEV CLK through Q504, developing
voltage corresponding to the DUTY of PWM signal is output from DEV OUTPUT. Also DUTY is adjusted by the utilization of the
developing unit and environmental temperature.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
6.15.4. DEV AC BIAS UNIT
330 Vp-p 34 kHz wave of developing AC voltage is output from DEV OUTPUT. This voltage is overlapped with developing DC
ST
voltage and output as AC voltage that includes the development DC voltage.
SI
6.15.5. TRA (+) BIAS (Transfer (+) BIAS)/TRA (-) BIAS (Transfer (-) BIAS) UNIT
When CHG REM is “L” and TRA CLK is “open”, Charge BIAS (200µA) is output from CHG OUTPUT, and at the same time
AS
Transfer (+) BIAS (785V) is output from TRA OUTPUT. When 5.086kHz PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) signal is input to TRA
CLK through transistor Q501, Transfer (-) CURRENT BIAS corresponding to PWM signal is output from TRA OUTPUT.
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
59
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.16. Heat Lamp Control Circuit
DA
The temperature of the fixing part of the Fuser Unit is converted to a voltage by THERMISTOR and input to IC300-D19pin. The
heat lamp is turned on/off by the HTRCTL signal (IC300-AD19pin) through the photo triac (PC2) and the triac (SCR51). And two
LT
thermostats are set on the AC line as the safety devices.
Overheat protection circuit is provided in order to prevent the Fuser unit from overheating when CPU cannot control Fuser by
some problem.
A
IC504 compares Thermistor voltage and fixed voltage, which is determined by R581 and R584.
IC
If Thermistor voltage becomes lower than this fixed voltage (this voltage corresponds to about 240 degree C), output of IC504
become "H", then Q528 turns ON, and Q500 is turned Off.
CN
As the result, no current is supplied to Fuser lamp.
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
1. Control at Printing
a. After the printing signal is received, turn ON the heater.
b. After that, turn ON the motor at the Primary Stable Temperature (170°C).
c. After that, control at the Secondary Stable temperature (195°C), and feed papers.
60
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
SI
61
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
KX-MB2030BRW
M
KX-MB2030BRW
2. Safety Protection
DA
a. 2 thermostats are provided with the unit, and the heater circuit is shut down when their surface temperatures became over
160 °C.
b. The heater control circuit of IC300 has the built-in function that the hardware turns off the heater control automatically if
LT
the software does not keep turning ON the heater every a fixed time.
c. When the temperature became over 250 °C, the heater control circuit of IC300 is turned off forcedly and system reset will
be executed.
A
3. The correspondence readings between temperature measured by fixing thermistor and HEX readings
IC
You can read the AD value of heater temperature in service mode.
Push the keys [MENU]-[#]-[9][0][0][0]-[ ]-[8][1][5].
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
Temper- AD valueTemper- AD value

Temper- AD value
Temper- AD value
Temper- AD value
ature ature ature ature ature
[°C] DEC HEX [°C] DEC HEX [°C] DEC HEX [°C] DEC HEX [°C] DEC HEX
0 254 FE 51 236 EC 101 171 AB 151 84 54 201 34 22
1 253 FD 52 235 EB 102 170 AA 152 83 53 202 34 22
2 253 FD 53 235 EB 103 168 A8 153 82 52 203 33 21
3 253 FD 54 234 EA 104 166 A6 154 80 50 204 33 21
4 253 FD 55 233 E9 105 164 A4 155 79 4F 205 32 20
5 253 FD 56 232 E8 106 162 A2 156 78 4E 206 31 1F
6 253 FD 57 231 E7 107 160 A0 157 76 4C 207 31 1F
7 253 FD 58 230 E6 108 159 9F 158 75 4B 208 30 1E
8 253 FD 59 229 E5 109 157 9D 159 74 4A 209 30 1E
9 252 FC 60 229 E5 110 155 9B 160 72 48 210 29 1D
10 252 FC 61 228 E4 111 153 99 161 71 47 211 29 1D
11 252 FC 62 227 E3 112 151 97 162 70 46 212 28 1C
12 252 FC 63 226 E2 113 149 95 163 69 45 213 28 1C
13 252 FC 64 225 E1 114 148 94 164 67 43 214 27 1B
14 252 FC 65 224 E0 115 146 92 165 66 42 215 27 1B
15 251 FB 66 223 DF 116 144 90 166 65 41 216 26 1A
16 251 FB 67 222 DE 117 142 8E 167 64 40 217 26 1A
17 251 FB 68 220 DC 118 140 8C 168 63 3F 218 25 19
18 251 FB 69 219 DB 119 138 8A 169 62 3E 219 25 19
19 250 FA 70 218 DA 120 136 88 170 61 3D 220 24 18
62
M
KX-MB2030BRW

Temper- AD value
DA
20 250 FA 71 217 D9 121 135 87 171 59 3B 221 24 18
LT
21 250 FA 72 216 D8 122 133 85 172 58 3A 222 24 18
22 250 FA 73 215 D7 123 131 83 173 57 39 223 23 17
23 249 F9 74 213 D5 124 129 81 174 56 38 224 23 17
A
24 249 F9 75 212 D4 125 127 7F 175 55 37 225 22 16
25 249 F9 76 211 D3 126 125 7D 176 54 36 226 22 16
IC
26 249 F9 77 209 D1 127 124 7C 177 53 35 227 22 16
27 248 F8 78 208 D0 128 122 7A 178 52 34 228 21 15
CN
28 248 F8 79 207 CF 129 120 78 179 51 33 229 21 15
29 248 F8 80 205 CD 130 118 76 180 50 32 230 20 14
30 247 F7 81 204 CC 131 117 75 181 50 32 231 20 14
TE
31 247 F7 82 202 CA 132 115 73 182 49 31 232 20 14
32 246 F6 83 201 C9 133 113 71 183 48 30 233 19 13
33 246 F6 84 199 C7 134 111 6F 184 47 2F 234 19 13
A
34 246 F6 85 198 C6 135 110 6E 185 46 2E 235 19 13
CI
35 245 F5 86 196 C4 136 108 6C 186 45 2D 236 18 12
36 245 F5 87 195 C3 137 106 6A 187 44 2C 237 18 12
37 244 F4 88 193 C1 138 105 69 188 44 2C 238 18 12
EN
38 244 F4 89 192 C0 139 103 67 189 43 2B 239 18 12
39 243 F3 90 190 BE 140 101 65 190 42 2A 240 17 11
ST
40 243 F3 91 188 BC 141 100 64 191 41 29 241 17 11
41 242 F2 92 187 BB 142 98 62 192 41 29 242 17 11
42 242 F2 93 185 B9 143 97 61 193 40 28 243 16 10
SI
43 241 F1 94 183 B7 144 95 5F 194 39 27 244 16 10
44 241 F1 95 182 B6 145 93 5D 195 38 26 245 16 10
AS
45 240 F0 96 180 B4 146 92 5C 196 38 26 246 16 10

46 239 EF 97 178 B2 147 90 5A 197 37 25 247 15 0F
47 239 EF 98 177 B1 148 89 59 198 36 24 248 15 0F
N
48 238 EE 99 175 AF 149 87 57 199 36 24 249 15 0F

49 237 ED 100 173 AD 150 86 56 200 35 23 250 15 0F
PA
50 237 ED
Note:
RO
The value is displayed on LCD at Test Functions (P.90) [#815].
4. The correspondence readings between room temperature measured by thermistor and HEX readings
ET
You can read the AD value of room temperature in service mode.

Push the keys [MENU]-[#]-[9][0][0][0]-[ ]-[8][1][5].
EL

Temper- AD value
-40 230 E6 -5 164 A4 30 80 50 65 32 20 100 13 0D
-39 229 E5 -4 161 A1 31 78 4E 66 31 1F 101 12 0C
-38 228 E4 -3 159 9F 32 76 4C 67 30 1E 102 12 0C
-37 226 E2 -2 156 9C 33 74 4A 68 29 1D 103 12 0C
-36 225 E1 -1 154 9A 34 72 48 69 28 1C 104 11 0B
-35 224 E0 0 151 97 35 71 47 70 28 1C 105 11 0B
-34 222 DE 1 149 95 36 69 45 71 27 1B 106 11 0B
-33 221 DD 2 146 92 37 67 43 72 26 1A 107 11 0B
-32 219 DB 3 144 90 38 65 41 73 26 1A 108 10 0A
-31 218 DA 4 141 8D 39 64 40 74 25 19 109 10 0A
-30 216 D8 5 139 8B 40 62 3E 75 24 18 110 10 0A
-29 215 D7 6 136 88 41 60 3C 76 24 18 111 10 0A
-28 213 D5 7 134 86 42 59 3B 77 23 17 112 9 09
63
M
KX-MB2030BRW
Temper- AD valueTemper- AD valueTemper- AD valueTemper- AD valueTemper- AD value
DA
-27 211 D3 8 131 83 43 57 39 78 22 16 113 9 09
LT
-26 209 D1 9 129 81 44 56 38 79 22 16 114 9 09
-25 208 D0 10 126 7E 45 54 36 80 21 15 115 9 09
-24 206 CE 11 124 7C 46 53 35 81 21 15 116 9 09
A
-23 204 CC 12 121 79 47 51 33 82 20 14 117 8 08
-22 202 CA 13 119 77 48 50 32 83 20 14 118 8 08
IC
-21 200 C8 14 116 74 49 49 31 84 19 13 119 8 08
-20 198 C6 15 114 72 50 47 2F 85 19 13 120 8 08
CN
-19 196 C4 16 111 6F 51 46 2E 86 18 12 121 8 08
-18 194 C2 17 109 6D 52 45 2D 87 18 12 122 7 07
-17 192 C0 18 107 6B 53 44 2C 88 17 11 123 7 07
TE
-16 189 BD 19 104 68 54 43 2B 89 17 11 124 7 07
-15 187 BB 20 102 66 55 41 29 90 16 10 125 7 07
-14 185 B9 21 100 64 56 40 28 91 16 10
A
-13 183 B7 22 97 61 57 39 27 92 16 10
CI
-12 180 B4 23 95 5F 58 38 26 93 15 0F
-11 178 B2 24 93 5D 59 37 25 94 15 0F
-10 176 B0 25 91 5B 60 36 24 95 14 0E
EN
-9 173 AD 26 88 58 61 35 23 96 14 0E
-8 171 AB 27 86 56 62 34 22 97 14 0E
ST
-7 169 A9 28 84 54 63 33 21 98 13 0D
-6 166 A6 29 82 52 64 SI 33 21 99 13 0D
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
64
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
3.3V and 1.2V Power Supply descriptions
• IC800 is 2ch-output PWM type DC-DC converter controller, which make up step down type DC-DC converter circuit with Pch
LT
power MOSFET Q802 and Q803, coil of L800 and L801, schottky diode of D800 and D803, capacitor of C800, C802 and C817,
C818.
The oscillation frequency in operation of this DC-DC converter is set to about 410kHz.
A
• R807,R809,R808,C814,R805,Q800,Q801 are UVLO (Under Voltage Lock Out) circuit.
Q801 turns on when the in-out voltage is about 16V or less and CS terminal becomes low so that IC800's operation is stopped.
IC
• Q804,Q806,D805 and Q805,Q807,D806 are Clamp circuit which clamps VGS(Gate Voltage of Q802 and Q803) not to be a over
voltage.
CN
• D801 and D804 are Zenner diodes which control not to be a over voltage at 3.3V and 1.2V output when ICs including IC800
break down.
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
5V Power Supply descriptions

EL
• IC501 is turned ON when 3.3V power supply is booted , 5V is generated from 7V-input.
65
KX-MB2030BRW
Power Supply
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
66
SI
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
wave form
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
SI
67
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
KX-MB2030BRW
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.18. Power Supply Board Section
DA
The power supply board circuit generates +7V and +24Vdc. It also supplies AC voltage to the halogen heat lamp in the fuser
unit. The power supply board uses the switching regulator method.
LT
Block Diagram
AC T1
A
Input A G F101
Input Rectifier + 24V
Circuit Circuit
IC
Kick-on
C5 B Voltage R2
Circuit
Converter
CN
A-B Voltage Wave Form R3 Circuit
C
R4
Q1
TE
R41
D +
0
C-D Voltage Wave Form
Control
A
Circuit
E
7V
CI
0
+
O.C.L
EN
E-F
G-H Voltage Wave Form
GND
F H
Triac
0 SCR51 Error Detecting
ST
Circuit PC1
Photo Triac
Heat Lamp
SI Coupler PC2 HTRCTL
AS
[Input Circuit]
The input current goes into the input rectifier circuit through the filter circuit.
The filter circuit decreases the noise voltage and the noise electric field strength.
N
PA
[Rectifier Circuit]
The input circuit is rectified by D1 and charge C5 to make DC voltage.
Then it supplies power to the converter circuit.
RO
[Kick-on Voltage Circuit]

Bias is applied to the Q1 gate via this circuit when the AC power is turned on and Q1 begins operating.
ET
[Over Current Limiter (O.C.L)]

EL
The highest drain current of Q1 is limited by a limit current circuit. The 24V output is limited by this circuit.
[Over Voltage Circuit]

If the 24V output increases because the error detecting circuit or control circuit is broken.
Control circuit will recognize this signal and output becomes 0V. D104 and D503 also prevent over voltage.
Dummy load method (to quickly check the power supply output)
Refer to Power Supply Board Section (P.192)
68
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.19. Mechanical Operation
DA
6.19.1. Printing
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
The main motor gear rotates as shown in figure.
AS
GEAR DRIVE OPC drives each part of fixing and developing.

When paper is fed from the standard cassette, the plunger of solenoid is pulled to drive PICK UP ROLLER (STANDARD), then
N
the roller starts feeding paper.

When paper is fed manually, first the plunger of solenoid is pulled to stop REGISTRATION ROLLER. After a few moments turn
PA
off the solenoid to drive REGISTRATION ROLLER, then the roller starts feeding paper.
RO
ET
EL
69
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6.19.2. Scanning (ADF)
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
• DOCUMENT TRANSMISSION (ADF)

The frictional force between SEPARATION ROLLER (DOC.)and SEPARATION RUBBER makes PICK UP ROLLER (DOC.)
move downward from standby position to pick up paper.
N
Pick-upped paper is separated by SEPARATION ROLLER (DOC.) and SEPARATION RUBBER (DOC.), and then fed by FEED
PA
ROLLER (DOC.).
After being read by CIS, the paper is ejected by ROLLER DOC EJECT.
RO
• DOCUMENT TRANSMISSION (SCANNER GLASS)

CIS Module is carried by the belt timing along the shaft carriage to the reading start position.
ET
Then it goes back to the home position reading the document through the glass.
EL
70
M
KX-MB2030BRW
7 Location of Controls and Components
DA
7.1. Overview
LT
7.1.1. Front view
(1) Top cover
A
(2) ADF (Automatic Document Feeder) cover
IC
(3) Document guides
(4) Document cover
CN
(5) Power switch
(6) Output tray
(7) Document entrance
TE
(8) Paper input tray
(9) Recording paper exit
(10) Document exit
A
(11) Speaker
CI
(12) Handset unit connection jack
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
7.1.2. Rear view

(1) Recording paper guides
RO
(2) LED
(3) LAN interface connector
• 10Base-T/100Base-TX
ET
(4) Power inlet

(5) Manual input tray (Rear cover)
EL
(6) External telephone jack

(7) Telephone line jack
(8) USB interface connector
71
M
KX-MB2030BRW
7.2. Control Panel
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
(1) Station keys
A
(2) Manual Broad
CI
(3) Broadcast
(4) Scan
EN
(5) Copy Size
(5) Phonebook
ST
(6) Contrast
(7) Resolution
(8) Zoom
SI
(8) Quick Scan
AS
(9) Page Layout
(9) Caller ID
(10) Menu
N
(11) Stop
(12) Lower
PA
(13) Fax Auto Answer

(14) Fax
RO
(15) Copy
(16) Redial / Pause
(17) Flash
ET
(18) Monitor
(19) Navigator key
EL
(20) Set
(21) Tone
(22) Start
72
M
KX-MB2030BRW
8 Installation Instructions
DA
8.1. Installation
LT
8.1.1. Installation Space
The space required to install the unit is shown below.
A
The dimensions given are necessary for the unit to operate efficiently.
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
Note:
• Avoid excessive heat or humidity.
AS
• Use the unit within the following ranges of temperature and humidity.
• Ambient temperature: 10°C to 32.5°C
• Relative humidity: 20% to 80% (without condensation)
N
• Power cord length should be less than 5 meters. Using a longer cord may reduce the voltage or cause malfunctions.
PA
• Avoid direct sunlight.

• Do not install near devices which contain magnets or generate magnetic fields.
• Do not subject the unit to strong physical shock or vibration.
RO
• Keep the unit clean. Dust accumulation can prevent the unit from functioning properly.
• To protect the unit from damage, hold both sides when you move it.
ET
• Do not place the unit in an area where the paper tray may be obstructed (i.e., by a wall, etc.)
• Keep this surface (1) away from walls etc. more than 50 mm to let the unit cool down.
EL
73
M
KX-MB2030BRW
8.1.2. OUTPUT TRAY
DA
1. Insert the output tray extender (1) until it clicks into place, and then
LT
press the centre part (2) of the extender to open it.
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
Note:
• Do not place the unit in an area where the output tray may be easily bumped into.
• The output tray can hold up to approximately 100 sheets of printed paper (the number of sheets may vary depending on the
usage environment). Remove the printed paper before the output tray becomes full.
74
M
KX-MB2030BRW
8.1.3. RECORDING PAPER
DA
The paper input tray unit can hold:
— Up to 250 sheets of 60 g/m2 to 75 g/m2 paper.
LT
— Up to 230 sheets of 80 g/m2 paper.
— Up to 200 sheets of 90 g/m2 paper.
A
• A4, letter, B5 and 16K-size paper can be used. B5 and 16K-size paper can only be used when using the unit for printing or copy-
IC
ing.
• The unit is set for printing A4-size plain paper by default.
CN
- To use other paper sizes, change the recording paper size setting (feature #380).
- To use thin paper, change the recording paper type setting (feature #383).
(Refer to Program Mode Table (P.108 ).)
TE
1. Pull the paper input tray (1) until it clicks into place, then pull it com-
A
pletely out, lifting the front part of the tray.
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
2. Before loading a stack of paper, fan the paper to prevent paper jams.
PA
RO
ET
EL
3. Load the paper, print-side up (2).

Important:
• Push down to lock the plate (3) in the paper input tray, if neces-
sary.
75
M
KX-MB2030BRW
4. Adjust the recording paper guides. Pinch the front side of the recording
DA
paper guide (4), then slide it to match the paper size mark. Pinch the
right side of the recording paper guide (5), then slide it to adjust the
width to the size of the recording paper.
LT
• Make sure that the recording paper is under the paper limit mark
(6), and the paper should not be loaded over the snubbers (7).
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
5. Insert the paper input tray into the unit, lifting the front part of the tray.
ST
Then push it completely into the unit.
Note: SI
• If the paper is not loaded correctly, re-adjust the paper guides, or
the paper may jam.
• If the paper input tray does not close, the plate in the paper input
AS
tray may not be in the locked position. Push the paper down and
make sure that the paper is laying flat in the paper input tray.
N
PA
RO
ET
Caution for the paper input tray

EL
• Do not drop the paper input tray.
• Hold the paper input tray with both hands when removing or install-
ing. The paper input tray weighs approximately 2 kg when fully
loaded with recording paper.
76
M
KX-MB2030BRW
8.1.3.1. Using the manual input tray
DA
You can use the manual input tray for printing with the computer and for copying. It can hold one page at a time.
When printing or copying multiple pages, add a next page after the first page has been fed into the unit.
• The unit is set for printing A4-size plain paper by default.
LT
- To use other paper sizes, change the recording paper size setting (feature #381). (Refer to Program Mode Table (P.108).)
- To use thin paper, change the recording paper type setting (feature #384). (Refer to Program Mode Table (P.108).)
A
IC
1. Adjust the width of the guides (1) to the size of the recording paper.
2. Insert the paper, print-side down (2) until the unit grasps the paper and
CN
a single beep is heard.
Note:
• To print from the manual input tray;
- when printing with the computer, select #2 for the
TE
printer properties.
- when making a copy, set the copy input tray
setting to “#2” beforehand (feature #460). (Refer to Program
A
Mode Table (P.108).)
If these settings are not changed, when printing or
CI
copying multiple pages, the 1st page will be printed
from the manual input tray, but the rest of the pages
EN
will be printed from the paper input tray.
• If the paper is not inserted correctly, re-adjust the paper, or the
paper may jam.
ST
8.1.3.2. Handset Unit SI
Important:
Before installing or removing the handset unit, be sure to turn the power switch OFF.
AS
1. Connect the handset cord (1).

N
PA
RO
ET
EL
2. Connect the handset connector (2).

• Remove the seal from the handset unit connection jack if attached.
77
M
KX-MB2030BRW
3. Insert the tab (3) and rib (4).
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
4. Caution:
• When moving the unit, be sure to hold by the grip.
N
Do not hold by the handset unit.

Note:
PA
• While talking to the other party, you can send a fax using the scan-
ner glass by pressing [Start], and then [1] (To receive a fax, press
[2]).
RO
ET
EL
To remove the handset unit
1. Pull the handset unit slightly forward (1), then lift it in the direction of
the arrow (2) to remove the rib.
2. Remove the tab (3), then disconnect the handset

connector (4).
78
M
KX-MB2030BRW
8.1.4. Documents the Unit Can Send
DA
8.1.4.1. Using the auto document feeder
Note:
LT
• Confirm that there are no documents on the scanner glass.
• Confirm that any ink, paste or correction fluid has dried completely.
• Remove clips, staples or other fasteners.
A
• Do not insert the following types of documents (Make a copy of the document using the scanner glass and set the copy instead.):
IC
- Chemically treated paper such as carbon or carbonless duplicating paper
- Electrostatically charged paper
CN
- Badly curled, creased or torn paper
- Paper with a coated surface
- Paper with printing on the opposite side that can be seen through the other side, such as newsprint
TE
• The total height of the documents when laid flat, must be less than 4 mm. If the documents exceed the capacity of the automatic
document feeder, they may fall or cause a jam in the feeder.
• To set a document with a width of less than 210 mm, we recommend using the scanner glass to copy the original document onto
A
A4 or letter-size paper, then setting the copied document for better results.
CI
• Do not set documents that do not satisfy the requirements of size and weight. Make a copy of the document using the scanner
glass and set the copy.
EN
• Available document size, document weight and effective scanning area are as follows:
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
• Shaded area will be scanned.

• When using the unit as a scanner, the effective scanning length depends on the selected paper size.
ET
8.1.4.2. Using the scanner glass

EL
Note:
• Confirm that there are no documents in the automatic document feeder.
• Place the original onto the scanner glass gently. To avoid malfunction, do not press down too firmly.
• If the original is a thick book, do not close the document cover.
• Confirm that any ink, paste or correction fluid has dried completely.
• Effective scanning area is shown by the shaded area:
Effective scanning area
79
M
KX-MB2030BRW
8.1.5. Toner Cartridge and the Drum Cartridge
DA
The supplied toner cartridge is a starter toner cartridge.
Caution:
• Read the following instructions before you begin installation. After you have read them, open the drum cartridge pro-
LT
tective bag. The drum cartridge contains a photosensitive drum. Exposing it to light may damage the drum. Once you
have opened the protective bag:
A
— Do not expose the drum cartridge to light for more than 5 minutes.
— Do not touch or scratch the black drum surface inside of the drum cartridge.
IC
— Do not place the drum cartridge near dust or dirt, or in a high humidity area.
— Do not expose the drum cartridge to direct sunlight.
CN
• Do not leave the toner cartridge out of the protective bag for a long time. It will decrease the toner life.
• We cannot be responsible for any damage to the unit or degradation of print quality which may occur from the use of a
TE
non-Panasonic toner and drum cartridges.
• Do not add toner to the toner cartridge.
A
1. Before opening the protective bag of the new toner cartridge, shake it
CI
vertically more than 5 times.
EN
ST
SI
2. Remove the toner cartridge and drum cartridge from the protective
AS
bags. Peel off the seal (1) from the toner cartridge.
• Do not touch or scratch the black drum surface (2).
N
PA
RO
ET
3. Place the toner cartridge (3) into the drum cartridge (4) vertically.
EL
4. Press down the toner cartridge firmly (5). Keep pressing while turning
the green lever on each side of the toner cartridge towards you (6).
80
M
KX-MB2030BRW
5. Make sure that the arrows (7) match, to install the toner cartridge cor-
DA
rectly.
LT
A
IC
CN
6. Open the top cover (8) by holding the indentations (9) on both sides of
TE
the unit.
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
Note:
• Do not touch the transfer roller (10).
• If the lower glass (11) is dirty, clean it with a soft and dry cloth.
ET
EL
81
M
KX-MB2030BRW
7. Install the drum and toner cartridge (12) by holding the tabs.
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
• Make sure that the arrows (13) match, to install the drum and toner
cartridge correctly. SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
8. Close the top cover by holding the indentations on

both sides of the unit, until locked.
82
M
KX-MB2030BRW
Caution:
DA
• To prevent injuries, be careful not to put your hands under the top
cover.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
8.1.5.1. When to replace the toner cartridge and the drum cartridge
EN
When the display shows the following, replace the toner cartridge.
Note:
ST
SI
• To check the drum life and quality, please print the printer test list (Refer to (ITU-T No.1 Test Chart (P.244)). If printing quality is
still poor or “REPLACE DRUM” appears on the display, replace the toner cartridge and drum cartridge.
AS
• To ensure that the unit operates properly, we recommend the use of Panasonic toner and drum cartridges. (Refer to Optional
Accessories (P.11)).
• To maintain print quality and machine life, we recommend you to clean slots and openings and the inside of the unit when replac-
N
ing the toner cartridge and/or drum cartridge.

PA
Waste disposal method

Waste material should be disposed of under conditions which meet all national and local environmental regulations.
RO
Toner save feature

• If you want to reduce toner consumption, set the toner save setting to ON (feature #482) (Refer to Program Mode Table (P.108).
ET
The toner cartridge will last approximately 20 % longer. This feature may lower the print quality.
EL
83
M
KX-MB2030BRW
8.1.6. Connecting to a computer
DA
Panasonic Multi-Function Station software enables the unit to carry out the following functions:
- Printing on plain paper, thin paper and labels
- Previewing documents and changing printer settings before printing (Easy Print Utility)
LT
- Scanning documents and converting an image into text with Readiris OCR software
- Scanning from other applications for Microsoft® Windows® that support TWAIN scanning and WIA scanning (Windows XP/
A
Windows Vista®, USB connection only)
IC
- Storing, editing or erasing items in directories using your computer
- Programming the features using your computer
CN
- Sending, receiving fax documents using your computer
To use Multi-Function Station on your computer, the following are required:
Operating System:
TE
Windows 2000/Windows XP/Windows Vista
CPU:
Windows 2000: Pentium® or higher processor
A
Windows XP: Pentium or higher processor
CI
Windows Vista: Pentium 4 or higher processor
RAM:
EN
Windows 2000/Windows XP: 128 MB (256 MB or more recommended)
Windows Vista: 512 MB (1,024 MB or more recommended)
ST
Other Hardware:
CD-ROM drive SI
Hard disk drive with at least 200 MB of available space
USB interface
AS
LAN interface (10Base-T/100Base-TX)

Other:
Internet Explorer® 5.0 or later
N
Warning:
PA
• To assure continued emission limit compliance;

- use only shielded USB cable (Example: Hi-Speed USB 2.0 certified cable).
- use only shielded LAN cable (category 5 straight cable).
RO
• To protect the unit, use only shielded USB cable in areas where thunderstorms occur.
• To use Easy Print Utility on your computer, the following are required:
- Windows 2000 Service Pack 4 and Security update for Windows 2000 (KB835732).
ET
Install KB835732 from Microsoft download site before installing Easy Print Utility.
- Windows XP Service Pack 2 or later.
EL
8.1.7. Installing Multi-Function Station

• Install Multi-Function Station (CD-ROM) before connecting the unit to a computer with the USB cable. If the unit is con-
nected to a computer with the USB cable before installing Multi-Function Station, the [Found New Hardware Wizard]
dialogue box will appear. Click [Cancel] to close it.
• The screenshots shown in these instructions are for Windows XP and are included for reference only.
• The screenshots shown in these instructions may differ slightly from those of the actual product.
• Software features and appearance are subject to change without notice.
1 Start Windows and exit all other applications.

• You must be logged in as an administrator in order to install Multi-Function Station.
2 Insert the supplied CD-ROM into your CD-ROM drive.

• If the [Select Language] dialogue box appears, select the language that you want to use with this software. Click [OK].
• If the installation does not start automatically:
Click [Start]. Choose [Run... ]. Type “D:\Install” (where “D:” is the drive letter of your CD-ROM drive). Click [OK ].
(If you are not sure what the drive letter is for your CD-ROM drive, use Windows Explorer and look for the CD-ROM drive.)
3 [Easy Installation]
• The installation will start automatically.
4 When the setup program starts, follow the on-screen instructions.

• Easy Print Utility, Readiris OCR software and Device Monitor will also be installed.
5 The [Connect Type] dialogue box appears.
84
M
KX-MB2030BRW
For USB connection:
DA
1 [Connect directly with a USB cable.]→ [Next].
• The [Connect Device] dialogue box will appear.
2 Connect the unit to a computer with the USB cable (1), then click [Next].
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
• If the unit is connected to your computer, the model name will be automatically detected.
• You can change the name of the unit if necessary.
A
3 Click [Install], then follow the on-screen instructions.
CI
• The files will be copied to your computer.
EN
For LAN connection
1. [Connect via the Network. ] → [Next ]
ST
• The [Select a Network Device ] dialogue box will appear.
2. Check [Select in the searched list] and select the unit from the list.
• If the name of the desired unit is not displayed on the list, and the IP address for the unit has been assigned, check [Direct
SI
input] and enter the IP address.
AS
3. [Next]
• You can change the name of the unit if necessary.
4. Click [Install], then follow the on-screen instructions.
N
• The files will be copied to your computer.

PA
Important notice
If you are using Windows XP or Windows Vista, a message may appear after connecting the unit with the USB cable. This is
RO
normal and the software will not cause any difficulties with your operating system. You can continue the installation with no prob-
lem. This kind of message is displayed:
• For Windows XP users
ET
“The software you are installing for this hardware has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility with Windows
XP.”
EL
• For Windows Vista users

“Would you like to install this device software?”
85
M
KX-MB2030BRW
8.2. Connections
DA
Caution:
• When you operate this product, the power outlet should be near the product and easily accessible.
LT
• Be sure to use the telephone line cord supplied with this unit.
• Do not extend the telephone line cord.
(1) Power cord
A
• Connect to a power outlet.
(127 V, 60 Hz).
IC
(2) Telephone line cord*1
CN
• Connect to a single telephone line jack.
(3) [EXT] jack*1
• You can connect an answering machine or an extension telephone. Remove the stopper if attached.
TE
(4) Answering machine (not supplied)*1
(5) To the Internet
A
(6) Network router/Network hub (not supplied)
• Also connect networked computers.
CI
(7) LAN cable (not supplied)
• To assure continued emission limit compliance, use only shielded LAN cable (category 5 straight cable).
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
Important notice for the USB connection

• DO NOT CONNECT THE UNIT TO A COMPUTER WITH THE USB CABLE UNTIL PROMPTED TO DO SO DURING THE
SETUP OF MULTI-FUNCTION STATION.
86
M
KX-MB2030BRW
Note:
DA
• Do not place any objects within 10 cm of the right, left and back sides of the unit.
• If any other device is connected to the same telephone line, this unit may disturb the network condition of the device.
• If you use the unit with a computer and your internet provider instructs you to install a filter (8), please connect it as follows.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
Using network router/network hub
• We recommend using network routers/network hubs (6) under secure network environments. Consult your network administrator
ST
for firewall settings, etc.
• The warranty does not cover damage due to security problems or any inconveniences relating to it.
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
87
M
KX-MB2030BRW
9 Operating Instructions
DA
9.1. Your Logo
LT
You can program your logo (name, company name, etc.) so that it appears on the top of each page sent.
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
88
M
KX-MB2030BRW
9.2. To Select Characters with the Dial Keypad
DA
The dial keypad is used to enter characters and numbers.
- Press [ ] or [ ] to move the cursor.
LT
- Press the dial keys to enter characters and numbers.
- Press [Stop] to erase the character or number highlighted by the cursor. Press and hold [Stop] to erase all characters or num-
bers.
A
- To enter another character located on the same dial key, press [ ] to move the cursor to the next space, then press the appropri-
IC
ate dial key.
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
9.2.1. To Select Characters Using [ ] or [ ]
89
M
KX-MB2030BRW
10 Test Mode
DA
10.1. Test Functions
LT
The codes listed below can be used to perform simple checks of some of the unit’s functions. When complaints are received
from customers, they provide an effective tool for identifying the locations and causes of malfunctions.
A
Test Mode Type of Mode Code Function
IC
Operation after code
input
CN
MEMORY CLEAR Service Mode “5” “5” “0” Clear the memory where the users can store data.
SET
MOTOR TEST Service Mode “5” “5” “6” 00:printer motor feed 10:auto document feed 20:carriage
TE
SET
MODEM TEST Service Mode “5” “5” “4” Telephone line circuit is connected automatically, output the following signals on
SET the circuit line.
A
1) OFF 2) 1100Hz 3) 2100Hz 4) V21 ter 300bps
5) V27 ter 2400bps 6)V27 ter 4800bps 7) V29 7200bps 8) V29 9600bps
CI
9) V17 7200bps 10) V17 9600bps 11) V17 12000bps 12) V17 14400bps
13)V34 2400bps 14)V34 4800bps 15) V34 7200bps 16) V34 9600bps
EN
25)V34 31200bps 26)V34 33600bps
ST
ROM CHECK Service Mode “5” “5” “1” Indicates the version and checks the sum of the ROM.
SET
LCD TEST Service Mode “5” “5” “8” Checks the LCD indication.
SI
SET Illuminates all the dots to check if they are normal.
AS
DTMF SINGLE Service Mode “5” “5” “2” Outputs the DTMF as single tones. Used to check the frequencies of the individ-
TONE TEST 1....ON ual DTMF tones. Refer to DTMF Single Tone Transmit Selection (P.92).
2....OFF
LED TEST Service Mode “5” “5” “7” All LEDs above the operation panel board flash on and off, or are illuminated.
N
PA
KEY TEST Service Mode “5” “6” “1” Checks the button operation.
START (any key) Indicates the button code on the LCD while the button is pressed. Refer to But-
ton Code Table (P.92).
RO
SCANNER TEST Service Mode “5” “5” “5” LED lights up, Scanner scanning.
1:RED / 2:GREEN / 3:BLUE / 4:monochrome / 5:Color
LSU TEST Service Mode “6” “3” “9” Laser radiates, Polygon rotates
ET
High Voltage Power Service Mode “6” “2” “8” Refer to High Voltage Value Check Point (P.173).
Supply Board SET
CHECK
EL
FAN TEST Service Mode “6” “7” “7” 1:TEST OFF

2:FAN 1 & 2 High-speed rotation
3:FAN 1 & 2 Low-speed rotation
4:FAN 1 & 2 STOP
MEMORY CLEAR Service Mode “7” “1” “0” Refer to Memory Clear Specification (P.97).
(except History data) SET
PRINT TEST PAT- Service Mode “8” “5” “2” 1. Press “852” then the SET key in the service mode.
TERN 2. As “PATNO. =” is displayed on the LCD, enter the test pattern No. and press
the SET key.
3. When “NO. = “is displayed on the LCD, enter the printing number and press the
SET key. (Press “00” for the infinite printing.)
4. “MODE=” is displayed on the LCD. Press “0” to start printing or press “1” to go
to the next screen.
5. When “1” is pressed at MODE, “INTVL = “is displayed on the LCD. Enter the
printing interval (000~999 sec).
6. The printing repeats the designated number of times at the programmed print-
ing intervals.
Refer to Print Test Pattern (P.93)
90
M
KX-MB2030BRW
Test Mode Type of Mode Code Function
DA
Operation after code
input
SENSOR CHECK Service Mode “8” “1” “5” First of all, press the copy button, and confirm the action of ON/OFF.
LT
For each sensor’s operation, refer to Sensors and Switches Section (P.47).
LCD DISPLAY:
A
IC
D: Document : None
D: Document set
CN
-: No document
: None
U: Pickup/Rear Cover
S: Read position U: Paper detect
S: Docu detect
-: No paper
TE
-: No document
T: Print timing
C: Top cover T: Paper detect
C: Cover open
-: No paper
-: Cover close
A
: None
: None
CI
R: Registration : None
R: Paper detect H: Carriage
EN
-: No paper H: Carriage detect
E: Paper exit -: No carriage
E: Paper detect : None
ST
-: No paper : None
: None : None
T: Toner
SI : None
T: Toner detect
-: No toner : None
AS
: None : None
3F: Fuser thermistor : None
3F: 00 (high temp.) - FF (low temp.) : None
N
: None : None
PA
DF: Fuser thermistor

: None
DF: 00 (high temp.) - FF (low temp.)
: None
RO
Note:
The numbers in the boxes (XXX) indicate the keys to be input for the various test modes.
ET
EL
91
M
KX-MB2030BRW
10.1.1. DTMF Single Tone Transmit Selection
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
Note:
After performing this check, do not forget to turn the setting off.
otherwise, dialing in DTMF signal will not work.
A
10.1.2. Button Code Table
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
92
M
KX-MB2030BRW
10.1.3. Print Test Pattern
DA
1. NO.01 3. NO.03
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
2. NO.06
• These print test patterns are just image printing, and differ-
N
ent from actual ones.

PA
• When it is required to judge the print quality, compare with

the printing of a nondefective machine.
RO
ET
EL
93
M
KX-MB2030BRW
11 Service Mode
DA
The programming functions are used to program the various features and functions of the machine, and to test the machine.
This facilitates communication between the user and the service man while programming the unit.
LT
11.1. Programming and Lists
A
11.1.1. Operation
IC
There are 2 basic categories of programming functions, the User Mode and the Service Mode. The Service Mode is further broken
down into the normal and special programs. The normal programs are those listed in the Operating Instructions and are available to
CN
the user. The special programs are only those listed here and not displayed to the user. In both the User and Service Modes, there
are Set Functions and Test Functions. The Set Functions are used to program various features and functions, and the Test Func-
tions are used to test the various functions. The Set Functions are accessed by entering their code, changing the appropriate value,
TE
then pressing the SET key. The Test Functions are accessed by entering their code and pressing the key listed on the menu. While
programming, to cancel any entry, press the STOP key.
A
11.1.2. Operation Flow
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
94
M
KX-MB2030BRW
11.1.3. Service Function Table
DA
Code Function Set Value Effective Default Remarks
LT
Range
501 Pause time set X 100 msec 001~600 030 ----------
503 Dial speed select 1:10 pps 1, 2 1 ----------
A
2:20 pps
507 V34 transmission start speed 0: Disable 0~8 1 If the code 527 is set at 2, the code 507 and 508
IC
1: 33.6 work.
2: 31.2
CN
3: 28.8
4: 26.4
5: 24.0
6: 21.6
TE
7: 19.2
8: 16.8
508 V34 reception start speed 0: Disable 0~8 1 If the code 527 is set at 2, the code 507 and 508
A
1: 33.6 work.
2: 31.2
CI
3: 28.8
4: 26.4
EN
5: 24.0
6: 21.6
7: 19.2
ST
8: 16.8
514 Bell signal detect time X 100msec
SI 1~9 6 ----------
520 CED frequency select 1:2100 Hz 1, 2 1 See How To Output The Journal Report (P.151).
2:1100 Hz
AS
521 International mode select 1:ON 2:OFF 1, 2 1 See How To Output The Journal Report (P.151).
522 Auto standby select 1:ON 2:OFF 1, 2 1 The resolution reverts to the default when transmis-
sion is complete.
523 Receive equalizer select 1: 0 km 1~4 1 Set RX equalizer to automatic mode.
N
2: 1.8 km
PA
3: 3.6 km
4: 7.2 km
524 Transmission equalizer select 1: 0 km 1~4 1
RO
2: 1.8 km
3: 3.6 km
4: 7.2 km
ET
527 V.8 function select 1:OFF 2:ON 1, 2 2

529 Call Service Clear
550 Memory clear Refer to Memory Clear Specification (P.97).
EL
551 ROM check See Test Functions (P.90).

552 DTMF single tone test 1:ON 2:OFF 1, 2 2 See Test Functions (P.90).
553 Monitor on FAX communication 1:OFF 1~3 1 Sets whether to monitor the line signal with the
select 2:PHASE B unit's speaker during FAX communication or not.
3:ALL
554 Modem test See Test Functions (P.90).
555 Scanner test See Test Functions (P.90).
556 Motor test 0 See Test Functions (P.90).
557 LED test See Test Functions (P.90).
558 LCD test See Test Functions (P.90).
561 KEY test See Test Functions (P.90).
567 T0 timer X second 001~255 052 Sets a higher value when the response from the
other party needs more time during automatic FAX
transmission.
570 BREAK % select 1:61% 2:67% 1, 2 2 Sets the % break of pulse dialing according PBX.
573 Remote turn-on ring number set X number of 00~99 10 Sets the number of rings before the unit starts to
rings operate TAM in the TEL mode.
574 Dial tone detect check 1: ON 2: OFF 1, 2 2 ----------
590 FAX auto redial time set X number of 00~99 02 Selects the number of redial times during FAX com-
times munication (not including the first dial).
591 FAX auto redial time disconnection X second 001~999 065 Sets the FAX redial interval during FAX communi-
time set cation.
592 CNG transmit select 1:OFF 1~3 2 Lets you select the CNG output during FAX trans-
2:ALL mission. ALL: CNG is output at phase A. AUTO:
3:AUTO CNG id output only when automatic dialing is per-
formed. OFF: CNG id not output at phase A. Refer
to Sometime There Is a Transmit Problem
(P.144).
95
M
KX-MB2030BRW
Code Function Set Value Effective Default Remarks
DA
Range
593 Time between CED and 300bps 1:75 msec 1~3 1 See How To Output The Journal Report (P.151)
2:500 msec and Receive Problem (P.145).
LT
3:1 sec
594 Overseas DIS detection select 1:detects at 1, 2 1 See How To Output The Journal Report (P.151)
the 1st time and Sometime There Is a Transmit Problem
A
2:detects at (P.144).
the 2nd time
IC
595 Receive error limit value set 1: 5% 1~4 2 If the number of errors during transmission exceeds
2: 10% this value, the sending side terminates the call.
CN
3: 15%
4: 20%
596 Transmit level set X dBm - 15~00 10 Selects the FAX transmission level. Refer to Some-
TE
time There Is a Transmit Problem (P.144) and
Receive Problem (P.145).
598 Receiving sensitivity 43= -43 dBm 20~48 48 Used when there is an error problem. Refer to How
To Output The Journal Report (P.151).
A
599 ECM frame size 1:256 2:64 1, 2 1 ----------
CI
628 H.V.P.S. check See Test Functions (P.90).
639 LSU test See Test Functions (P.90).
EN
655 Cause Distinction Code of Call Service 3 See CALL SERVICE Troubleshooting Guide
(P.117).
677 FAN test See Test Functions (P.90).
ST
710 Memory clear except History data Refer to Memory Clear Specification (P.97).
711 Dialing mode 1:PULSE 1,2 1
2:TONE
SI
717 Transmit speed select 1:14400BPS 1~6 1 If the code 527 is set at 1, the code 717 and 718
2:12000BPS work.
AS
3:9600BPS
4:7200BPS
5:4800BPS
N
6:2400BPS
718 Receive speed select 1:14400BPS 1~6 1 If the code 527 is set at 1, the code 717 and 718
PA
2:12000BPS work.
3:9600BPS
4:7200BPS
RO
5:4800BPS
6:2400BPS
721 Pause tone detect 1:ON 2:OFF 1, 2 2 Selects the tone detection for pause in dialing.
ET
722 Redial tone detect 1:ON 2:OFF 1, 2 1 Sets the tone detection mode after redialing.
763 CNG detect time for friendly reception 1:10 sec 1~3 3 Selects the CNG detection tone of friendly recep-
2:20 sec tion.
EL
3:30 sec
774 Receiving T4 timer X 100 msec 00~99 00 Use this function when delay occurs in the line and
communication.
(ex. Mobile comm) does not work well.
775 Transmission T4 timer X 100m sec 00~99 00 Use this function when delay occurs in the line and
communication.
(ex. Mobile comm) does not work well.
815 Sensor check See Test Functions (P.90).
852 Print test pattern See Test Functions (P.90).
853 Top margin X 0.5mm 01~11 06 ----------
854 Left margin X 0.5mm 01~11 06 ----------
874 DTMF ON time X msec 060~200 100 ----------
875 DTMF OFF time X msec 060~200 100 ----------
880 History list See History (Example of a printed out list)
(P.101).
881 Journal 2 list See Journal 2 (P.148).
882 Journal 3 list See Journal 3 (P.149).
96
M
KX-MB2030BRW
11.1.4. Memory Clear Specification
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
*1 Execute Service Mode #550 when you want to reset the all setting data keeping the user information.
*2 Execute Service Mode #710 to clear the user information in case that Main Unit is recycled.
ST
Note:
Please restart a power supply after clearing a memory.
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
97
M
KX-MB2030BRW
11.2. User Mode (The list below is an example of the SYSTEM SETUP LIST
DA
the unit prints out.)
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
98
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
Note:
RO
The above values are the default values.

ET
EL
99
M
KX-MB2030BRW
11.3. Service Mode Settings (Example of a printed out list)
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
Note:
The above values are the default values.
RO
ET
EL
100
M
KX-MB2030BRW
11.4. History (Example of a printed out list)
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
Note:
See the following descriptions of this report. Item No. (1) ~ (27) are corresponding to the listed items in Descriptions of The
History Report (P.102).
101
M
KX-MB2030BRW
11.4.1. Descriptions of The History Report
DA
(1) Usage Time of Receive Mode (Tel Mode)
(2) Usage Time of Receive Mode (Fax Mode)
LT
(3) Not used
(4) Not used
A
(5) Dial Mode
(6) Number of Directory Entry
IC
(7) Number of Caller ID
(8) Number of Scan
CN
(9) Number of ADF Scan
(10) Number of Flatbed Scan
TE
(11) Number of PC Scan
(12) Number of Document JAM
(13) Number of Print
A
(14) Number of Warning List
(15) Number of Help List
CI
(16) Call Service 3 Information 1
EN
(19) Number of Recording paper JAM
ST
(20) Number of Pickup Errors in Cassette 1
(21) Not used SI
(22) Not used
(23) Not used
AS
(24) Not used

(25) Not Used
(26) Not Used
N
(27) Number of Copies

PA
RO
ET
EL
102
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12 Troubleshooting Guide
DA
12.1. User Recoverable Errors
LT
If the unit detects a problem, one or more of the following messages will appear on the display.
The explanations given in the [ ] are for servicemen only.
A
DISPLAY MESSAGE CAUSE AND REMEDY
IC
• Polygon motor error.
Refer to CALL SERVICE 1 (P.118).
CN
• Laser beam error. Replace LSU unit.
TE
• Fuser unit cannot heat up. Replace fuser unit.
A
• Fan motor error. Replace fan motor.
CI
• Print motor error. (only for DC motor)
EN
• Charge unit error
ST
(An error occurred in the Charge unit including High voltage unit. (Also the Charger went wrong.))
• There is something wrong with the drum cartridge. Replace the drum cartridge and the toner cartridge.
SI
AS
• The document was not fed into the unit properly. Remove the document, and then press [Stop] to clear the
message. Re-insert the document. If misfeeding occurs frequently, clean the document feeder rollers and
try again.
N
• The drum cartridge is not inserted properly. Re-insert it correctly.

PA
•Recording paper is not installed or the paper input tray has run out of paper. Install paper.
•Recording paper was not fed into the unit properly. Re-insert the recording paper.
RO
•The paper input tray is not installed or is not inserted completely. Insert the paper input tray into the unit.
•The loaded recording paper is not the appropriate size. Load recording
paper of the size that is shown on the display.
ET
• If this message is often displayed, also change the recording paper size
setting (feature #380).
• The recording paper size setting (feature #380) is set to “B5(ISO)”, “B5(JIS)” or “16K”, so received faxes
EL
have been stored into memory. Change the recording paper size setting and load the appropriate record-
ing paper.
Note:
• "#1”: Check the paper input tray. The displayed paper size depends on the recording paper size setting
(feature #380).
• "#2”: Check the manual input tray. The displayed paper size depends on the recording paper size setting
(feature #381).
Refer to Program Mode Table (P.108).
• Recording paper was not fed into the unit properly. Load the paper again.
• The manual input tray (rear cover) is open. Close it.

• A recording paper jam occurred near the manual input tray (rear cover). Remove the jammed paper.
• The unit is cooling down the fuser unit. Wait for a while.
• The drum is reaching the end of its life. Replace the drum cartridge and the
toner cartridge as soon as possible.
• When performing scan to email address, the total file size of scanned data
exceeded the file size limitation. Divide the document into sections.
103
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
• The unit has a document in memory. See the other displayed message instructions to print out the docu-
ment.
• If the PC fax setting (feature #442) is set to “ALWAYS”,
LT
- check the connection between the computer and the unit.
- check that the computer is turned ON.
• If your unit is connected to the computer via the LAN and the fax preview mode (feature #448) is set to
A
“ON”,
- view, print or save the received fax documents, and then erase the unnecessary documents.
IC
- turn the setting to “OFF”. The fax documents stored in memory will be printed automatically.
• When performing scan to FTP server or scan to SMB folder, the total file size of scanned data exceeded
CN
the file size limitation. Divide the document into sections.
• Copying has stopped due to some existing problem (Example: a lack of recording paper or a recording
paper jam). See the other displayed message instructions to continue copying.
TE
• The inside of the unit is extremely cold and cannot be operated. Use the unit in a warmer area.
A
• When performing memory transmission, the document being stored exceeded the memory capacity of the
CI
unit. Send the entire document manually.
• When making a copy, the document being stored exceeded the memory capacity of the unit. Press [Stop]
EN
to clear the message. Divide the document into sections.
• There is something wrong with the unit’s modem.
ST
• The other party’s fax machine is busy or has run out of recording paper. Try again.
SI
• Recording paper is not loaded in the manual input tray. Load paper.
AS
• The recording paper is installed in the manual input tray.

N
PA
• A recording paper jam occurred. Remove the jammed paper.

RO
ET
• The cable or the computer power cord is not connected correctly. Check the connections.
• The software is not running on the computer. Restart the software and try again.
EL
• There is no space to store new items in the phonebook. Erase unnecessary items.
• The unit is warming up. Wait for a while.
• The other party’s fax machine does not offer the polling function. Check with the other party.
• The other party’s fax machine is busy or has run out of recording paper. Try again.
• The document is jammed. Remove the jammed document.

• Attempted to send or copy a document longer than 600 mm using the automatic document feeder. Press
[Stop] to remove the document. Divide the document into two or more sheets and try again.
• The recording paper is installed in the manual input tray when trying to receive faxes or print reports.
Remove the recording paper from manual input tray.
• The drum cartridge’s service life is finished. Replace the drum cartridge and the toner cartridge immedi-
ately.
104
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
• The memory is full of received documents due to a lack of recording paper or a recording paper jam. Load
paper or remove the jammed paper.
• If the PC fax (feature #442) is set to “ALWAYS”,
LT
- check the connection between the computer and the unit.
- check that the computer is turned ON.
• If your unit is connected to the computer via the LAN and the fax preview mode (feature #448) is set to
A
“ON”,
- view, print or save the received fax documents, and then erase the unnecessary documents.
IC
- turn the setting to “OFF”. The fax documents stored in memory will be printed automatically.
• There is something wrong with the scanner position. Turn the power switch OFF, then ON. If the problem
CN
cannot be solved, contact our service personnel.
• The toner is empty. Replace the toner cartridge immediately.
TE
A
CI
• The toner is reaching the end of its life. You will need to replace the toner cartridge soon.
EN
ST
• The top cover is open. Close it.
SI
• A transmission error occurred. Try again.
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
105
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.2. Remote Programming
DA
If, after the call is connected, the customer describes the situation and it is determined that the problem can be corrected by
making parameter changes, this function makes it possible to change parameters such as the user code and service code from
LT
another fax (using DTMF tones). Therefore, travel to the customer's location is not required. However, it is not possible to
change all the parameters remotely (Program Mode Table(P.108)). The function used to accomplish this is remote program-
ming.
A
IC
First, in order to check the current status of the service code parameter, print out the setup list (code: 991) and the service list
(code: 999) from the customer's fax machine.
CN
Based on this, the parameters for the desired codes can be changed.
The procedure for changing and listing parameters is described on Entering the Remote Programming Mode and Changing
Service Codes(P.107). Also, before exiting the remote programming mode, it is advisable to obtain a new list to confirm that the
TE
changes were made correctly.
Hint:
Since the connected telephone is in use during the remote programming mode, it may be helpful to ask the customer to switch
A
to the speakerphone. This frees the customer from the need to remain right next to the fax while you are making parameter set-
CI
tings. When finished, inform the customer. Also note that in very noisy locations where the DTMF tones are not audible, the
remote programming function will not work.
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
106
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.2.1. Entering the Remote Programming Mode and Changing Service Codes
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
Program Mode Table (P.108)
107
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.2.2. Program Mode Table
DA
12.2.2.1. User Function
Basic features
LT
Code Function Set Value Default Remote Setting
A
101 SET DATE & TIME dd/mm/yy hh:mm 01/01/10 NG
102 YOUR LOGO --------- None NG
IC
103 YOUR FAX NUMBER --------- None NG
110 LANGUAGE 1:ENGLISH / 2:PORTUGUESE PORTUGUESE OK
CN
120 DIALLING MODE 1:PULSE / 2:TONE TONE OK
121 SET RECALL / FLASH TIME 0: 900 / 1: 700 / 2: 600 / 3: 400 / 4: 300 250ms OK
/ 5: 250 / 6: 200 / 7: 160 / 8: 110 / 9: 100
TE
/ * : 90 / #: 80ms
145 LCD CONTRAST 1:NORMAL / 2:DARKER NORMAL NG
147 SCALE 1:MILLIMETERS / 2:INCHES MILLIMETERS OK
A
155 CHANGE PASSWORD --------- DEFAULT=1234 NG
158 MAINTENANCE TIME --------- 12:00 NG
CI
159 RESTORE DEFAULT YES / NO NO NG
161 RINGER PATTERN A/B/C A NG
EN
165 BEEP SOUND 2:ON / 1:OFF ON OK
210 FAX RING COUNT 1 to 9 rings (for ext. tam) 2 OK
216 AUTO CALLER ID LIST 2:ON / 1:OFF OFF OK
ST
226 TIME ADJUSTMENT 1:MANUAL / 2:AUTO MANUAL OK
380 PAPER SIZE 1:LETTER / 2:A4 / 4:B5(ISO) /
SI A4 OK
5:B5(JIS) / 6:16K
381 PAPER SIZE #2 1:LETTER / 2:A4 / 3:LEGAL /4:B5 A4 OK
AS
(ISO) / 5:B5(JIS) / 6:16K / 7:216x330 /
8:216x340*1
383 MEDIA TYPE #1 1:PLAIN PAPER / 2:THIN PAPER PLAIN PAPER OK
384 MEDIA TYPE #2 1:PLAIN PAPER / 2:THIN PAPER PLAIN PAPER OK
N
403 POWER SAVE 5:5min / 15:15min / 30:30min / 60:1h 5min OK

PA
462 CONTRAST HOLD 0:DISABLED / 1:ENABLED DISABLED OK

463 DEFAULT MODE 1:COPY / 2:FAX COPY OK
464 MODE TIMER 0:OFF / 1:30S / 2:1min / 3:2min / 1min OK
RO
4:5min
482 TONER SAVE 2:ON / 1:OFF OFF OK
ET
Fax features
EL

289 ERASE PHONEBOOK YES / NO NO NG
401 PRINT SENDING REPORT 1:ERROR / 2:ON / 3:OFF ERROR OK
402 JOURNAL AUTO PRINT 2:ON / 1:OFF ON OK
411 OVERSEAS MODE 1:NEXT FAX / 2:ERROR / 3:OFF ERROR OK
412 DELAYED TRANSMISSION 1:ON / 0:OFF OFF NG
413 ECM SELECTION 2:ON / 1:OFF ON OK
416 CONNECTING TONE 2:ON / 1:OFF ON OK
418 MAX FAX SPEED 1:14.4Kbps / 2:33.6Kbps 33.6Kbps OK
432 AUTO REDUCTION 2:ON / 1:OFF ON OK
434 FAX ACTIVATION CODE ON / OFF ON CODE=*#9 NG
437 MEMORY RECEIVE ALERT 2:ON / 1:OFF ON OK
438 FRIENDLY RECEPTION 2:ON / 1:OFF ON OK
442 PCFAX SETTING 1:OFF / 2:ALWAYS / 3:CONNECTED OFF OK
443 PCFAX RCV PC --------- USB HOST NG
448 PREVIEW MODE 2:ON / 1:OFF OFF OK
450 WEB FAX PREVIEW --------- --------- NG
451 RECEIVE NOTIFY 2:ON / 1:OFF OFF OK
459 SET FAX DEFAULT YES / NO NO NG
Copy features

460 COPY INPUT TRAY 1:#1/ 2:#2 #1 NG
461 COPY RESOLUTION 1:TEXT/PHOTO / 2:TEXT / 3:PHOTO TEXT/PHOTO OK
467 PAGE LAYOUT HOLD 0:DISABLED / 1:ENABLED DISABLED OK
468 ZOOM HOLD 0:DISABLED / 1:ENABLED DISABLED OK
108
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
469 COLLATE HOLD 0:DISABLED / 1:ENABLED DISABLED OK
473 EDGE HOLD 0:DISABLED / 1:ENABLED DISABLED OK
474 FRAME MARGIN 0:DISABLED / 1:ENABLED DISABLED OK
LT
475 MARGIN HOLD 0:DISABLED / 1:ENABLED DISABLED OK
PC print features
A
IC
774 DATA TIMEOUT 5~600s 60s NG
776 MUTUAL A4/LETTER 2:ON / 1:OFF ON OK
CN
Scan features
TE
493 SCAN MODE 1:VIEWER / 2:FILE / 3:EMAIL / 4:OCR VIEWER OK
/ 5:EMAIL ADDRESS / 6:FTP SERVER
A
/ 7:SMB FOLDER
494 SCAN PARAM. HOLD 0:DISABLED / 1:ENABLED DISABLED OK
CI
LAN features
EN
ST
500 DHCP 0:DISABLED / 1:ENABLED ENABLED OK
501 IP ADDRESS --------- NG
502 SUBNET MASK --------- NG
SI
503 DEFAULT GATEWAY --------- NG
504 DNS SERVER #1 --------- NG
AS
505 DNS SERVER #2 --------- NG

507 MACHINE NAME --------- NG
508 MAC ADDRESS --------- NG
N
532 IP FILTERING 0:DISABLED / 1:ENABLED DISABLED OK

PA
533 AUTO IP 0:DISABLED / 1:ENABLED DISABLED OK

534 HTTPD 0:DISABLED / 1:ENABLED ENABLED OK
535 IPv6 PROTOCOL 0:DISABLED / 1:ENABLED DISABLED OK
RO
538 WINS SERVER #1 --------- NG

539 WINS SERVER #2 --------- NG
578 ERASE EMAIL DIR. YES / NO NO NG
ET
Note:
*1Choices “7: 216 x 330 / 8: 216 x 340” change to Inch display when “INCHES” is set on feature #147 setting.
EL
12.2.2.2. Service Function

501 Pause time set 001~600 x 100msec 030 OK
503 Dial speed 1:10pps / 2:20 pps 10pps OK
507 V34 transmission start speed 0:Disable/1:33.6/2:31.2/3:28.8/4:26.4/ 33600bps OK
5:24.0/6:21.6/7:19.2/8:16.8/
508 V34 reception start speed 0:Disable/1:33.6/2:31.2/3:28.8/4:26.4/ 33600bps OK
5:24.0/6:21.6/7:19.2/8:16.8/
514 Bell signal detect time 1~9 x 100msec 6 OK
520 CED frequency select 1:2100Hz / 2:1100Hz 2100 OK
521 International mode select 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK
522 Auto standby select 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK
523 Receive equalizer select 1:0kms / 2:1.8km / 3:3.6km / 4:7.2km 0 km OK
524 Transmission equalizer select 1:0kms / 2:1.8km / 3:3.6km / 4:7.2km 0 km OK
527 V8 function select 1:OFF / 2:ON ON OK
529 Memory clear for Call Service --------- --------- NG
550 Memory clear --------- --------- NG
551 ROM check --------- --------- NG
552 DTMF signal tone test 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK
553 Monitor on FAX communication select 1:OFF / 2:Phase B / 3:ALL OFF OK
554 Modem test --------- --------- NG
555 Scanner test --------- --------- NG
556 Motor test --------- --------- NG
557 LED test --------- --------- NG
558 LCD test --------- --------- NG
109
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
561 Key test --------- --------- NG
567 T0 timer 001~255sec 052 OK
570 Break % select 1:61% / 2:67% 67% OK
LT
573 Remote turn-on ring number set 00~99 10 OK
574 Dial tone detect check 1: ON / 2: OFF OFF OK
590 FAX auto redial time set 00~99 02 OK
A
591 FAX auto redial line disconnection time set 001~999sec 065 OK
592 CNG transmit select 1:OFF / 2:ALL / 3:AUTO ALL OK
IC
593 Time between CED and 300bps 1:75ms / 2:500ms / 3:1sec 75ms OK
594 Overseas DIS detection select 1:1st / 2:2nd 1st OK
CN
595 Receive error limit value set 1:5% / 2:10% / 3:15% / 4:20% 10% OK
596 Transmit level set -15~00dBm 09 OK
598 Receiving Sensitivity 20~48 48 OK
TE
599 ECM Frame size 1:256 / 2:64 256byte OK
628 H.V.P.S check --------- --------- NG
639 LSU test --------- --------- NG
A
655 Cause distinction code of call service 3 --------- --------- NG
CI
677 Fan test --------- --------- NG
711 Dialing mode 1:PULSE 2:TONE PULSE OK
717 Transmit speed select 1: 14400bps / 2:12000bps / 3:9600bps 14400bps OK
EN
/ 4:7200bps / 5:4800bps / 6:2400bps
718 Receive speed select 1: 14400bps / 2:12000bps / 3:9600bps 14400bps OK
/ 4:7200bps / 5:4800bps / 6:2400bps
ST
721 Pause tone detect 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK
722 Redial tone detect 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK
SI
763 CNG detect time for friendly reception 1:10s / 2:20s / 3:30s 30s OK
774 Receiving T4 timer 00~99 × 100msec 00 OK
AS
775 Transmission T4 timer 00~99 × 100msec 00 OK

815 Sensor check --------- --------- NG
852 Print test pattern --------- --------- NG
N
853 Top margin 1~11 6 OK

854 Left margin 1~11 6 OK
PA
874 DTMF ON time 060~200msec 100 OK

875 DTMF OFF time 060~200msec 100 OK
RO
880 History list --------- --------- NG

881 Journal 2 --------- --------- NG
882 Journal 3 --------- --------- NG
ET
OK means “can set”.

NG means “can not set”.
EL
Note:
Refer to Service Function Table (P.95) for descriptions of the individual codes.
Example:
If you want to set value in the “401 PRINT SENDING REPORT”, press the dial key number 1, 2 or 3 corresponding to the Set
Value you want to select. (1:ERROR/2:ON/3:OFF)
110
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3. Troubleshooting Details
DA
12.3.1. Outline
Troubleshooting is for recovering quality and reliability by determining the broken component and replacing, adjusting or cleaning it
LT
as required. First, determine the problem then decide the troubleshooting method. If you have difficulty finding the broken part,
determine which board is broken. (For example: the Main PCB, Sensor PCB, etc.) The claim tag from a customer or dealer may use
A
different expressions for the same problem, as they are not a technician or engineer. Using your experience, test the problem area
corresponding to the claim. Also, returns from a customer or dealer often have a claim tag. For these cases as well, you need to
IC
determine the problem. Test the unit using the simple check list on Simple Check List(P.113). Difficult problems may be hard to
determine, so repeated testing is necessary.
CN
12.3.2. Starting Troubleshooting
Determine the symptom and the troubleshooting method.
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
Simple Check List (P.113)
User Recoverable Errors (P.103)
Main Board Section (P.242)
Power Supply Board Section (P.68)
111
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.3. Initialization
DA
There are two types of initialization, one is the short initialization (about 3 seconds) and the other is the long initialization (about
10 seconds). The short initialization makes the unit enter the standby mode. The long initialization makes the unit enter the
standby mode after cleaning or detecting the rest of toner.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
112
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.4. Simple Check List
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
Note:
Check according to the service code referring to Test Functions (P.90)
113
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.5. Simplified Troubleshooting Guide
DA
12.3.5.1. Printing
LT
No. Symptom Cause Countermeasure
1 Ghost Image (P.124) Failed drum cartridge Replace drum cartridge
A
Failed transfer unit Check the transfer roller and spring
Failed the high-voltage terminal Check the high-voltage terminal
IC
Failed the high voltage power supply board Go to High Voltage Section (P.175)
Failed fuser unit Check the heat roller and the pressurized roller and the spring
CN
and the heat lamp and the thermistor
Too thick or too thin recording paper Use the recording paper from 16lb to 24lb
2 Dark or White Vertical Dirty the cover glass or the reflecting mirror Clean the cover glass and the reflecting mirror
TE
Line (P.125) Dust on the path of the laser beam Clean the path of the laser beam
Failed drum cartridge Replace drum cartridge
Failed the heat roller or the pressurized roller Check the heat roller and the pressurized roller
A
Failed LSU Go to LSU (Laser Scanning Unit) Section (P.45)
CI
3 Dark or White Horizontal Failed drum cartridge Replace drum cartridge
Line (P.126) Failed the gear Check the gear
Failed the engine motor Go to FB (Flatbed) Motor (P.168)
EN
ST
Scratch on the OPC drum Replace drum cartridge
Static electricity on the documents (when copy- Check the connection between the parts around CIS and earth
ing)
SI
4 Dirty or Half Darkness Failed drum cartridge Replace drum cartridge
Background (P.127) Dirty the pickup roller and the regist roller and Clean the pickup roller and the regist roller and the feed roller
AS
the feed roller and the eject roller and the heat and the eject roller and the heat roller and the pressure roller
roller and the pressure roller
N
Dirty the recording paper path Clean the recording paper path
PA
5 Black Print (P.128) Failed drum cartridge Replace drum cartridge

Failed LSU Go to LSU (Laser Scanning Unit) Section (P.45)
RO
Failed the main board Go to Main Board Section (P.17)
Failed CIS (when copying) Go to CIS Control Section (P.171)
ET
6 Black Print (P.128) OR Short toner Supply toner

Light Print (P.129) Failed drum cartridge Replace drum cartridge
EL
Life of drum cartridge is over Replace drum cartridge

Dirty the cover glass or the reflecting mirror Clean the cover glass and the reflecting mirror
Failed the main board Go to Main Board Section (P.17)
Failed CIS (when copying) Go to CIS Control Section (P.171)
7 Black or White Point Failed the developer roller (32mm pitch) Replace drum cartridge
(P.130) Failed the OPC drum (75mm pitch) Replace drum cartridge
Failed the heat roller (79mm pitch) Check the heat roller
114
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.5.2. Recording Paper Feed
DA
LT
1 Multiple Feed (P.130) Dirty or failed the pickup roller Clean or replace the pickup roller
Dirty or failed the pickup rubber Clean or replace the separation rubber
2 The Recording Paper Is Dirty the pressure roller or the heat roller Clean the pressure roller and the heat roller
A
Waved or Wrinkled (P.131) Failed the spring of pressure roller Replace the spring of pressure roller
Separator of heat roller a check Replace separator
IC
Dust on the recording paper path Clean the recording paper path
Too thin recording paper Use the recording paper from 16lb to 24lb
CN
3 Skew (P.132) Dirty or failed the pickup roller Clean or replace the pickup roller
Dirty or failed the pickup rubber Clean or replace the separation rubber
Dirty or failed the paper feed roller Clean or replace the regist roller
TE
Dust on the recording paper path Clean the recording paper path
Failed LSU Replace LSU
Over the max capacity of the recording paper Set up to MAX 250 sheets
A
CI
4 The Recording Paper Dirty or failed the pickup roller Clean or replace the pickup roller
Does Not Feed (P.133) Dirty or failed the pickup rubber Clean or replace the separation rubber
EN
Failed the gear Check the gear
Failed the solenoid Check the solenoid
Failed the engine motor Go to Motor Section (P.167)
ST
Failed the pickup sensor lever Check the pickup sensor lever
Failed the pickup sensor Go to Sensor Section (P.164)
5 The Recording Paper Jam Dirty or failed the pressure roller Clean or replace the pressure roller
SI
(P.134) Dirty or failed the heat roller Clean or replace the heat roller
”PAPER JAMMED” ON Separator of heat roller a check Replace separator
AS
THE LCD Dust on the recording paper path Clean the recording paper path
Failed the paper feed roller Replace the registration roller
Failed the pickup sensor lever Check the pickup sensor lever
N
Failed the pickup sensor Go to Sensor Section (P.164)

PA
Failed the registration sensor lever Check the Registration & Manual paper sensor (paper top sen-
sor) lever
Failed the registration sensor Go to Sensor Section (P.164)
RO
Failed the exit sensor Check the Paper Exit sensor lever
Not set the toner bottle Set toner bottle
ET
6 Back Side of The Record- Dirty the recording paper path Clean the recording paper path
ing Paper Is Dirty (P.136) Dirty the pressure roller Clean the pressure roller
Dirty the regist roller Clean the registration roller
EL

115
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.5.3. Copy and FAX
DA
LT
1 NO DOCUMENT FEED (No Failed the document sensor lever Replace the document sensor lever
Document Feed, Docu- Failed the document sensor Go to Sensor Section (P.164)
ment Jam and Multiple Doc- Dirty or failed the separation roller Clean or replace the separation roller
A
ument Feed) (P.136) Dirty or failed the separation rubber Clean or replace the separation rubber
Failed the separation spring Replace the separation spring
IC
DOCUMENT JAM (No Doc- Dust or scratch on the document paper path Clean the document paper path
ument Feed, Document Failed the gear Check the gear
CN
Jam and Multiple Document Failed the ADF motor Go to ADF Motor (P.169)
Feed) (P.136) Failed the ADF cover open switch lever Replace the ADF cover open switch lever
MULTIPLE DOCUMENT Dirty or failed the separation roller Clean or replace the separation roller
TE
FEED(No Document Feed, Dirty or failed the separation rubber Clean or replace the separation rubber
Document Jam and Multiple Failed the separation spring Replace the separation spring
Document Feed) (P.136)
A
2 Skew (ADF) (P.138) Dust or scratch on the document paper path Clean the document paper path
Failed the document feed roller Replace the document feed roller
CI
Failed the document guide Replace the document guide
3 The Sent FAX Data Is The cause of ADF Go to Skew (P.132)
EN
Skewed (P.139) The cause of scanner glass Check the scanner glass
Problem with the other FAX machine
4 The Received FAX Data Is The cause of printing Go to Skew (P.132)
ST
Skewed (P.139) Problem with the other FAX machine
5 The Received or Copied Dirty or failed the document feed roller (at ADF) Clean or replace the document feed roller
SI
Data Is Expanded (P.139) Dirty or failed the separation roller (at ADF) Clean or replace the separation roller
Failed CIS movement (at SG) Replace the belt or the gear or the shaft or the FB motor
AS
6 Black or White Vertical Dirty or failed the white plate and sheet (2 Clean or replace the white plate and sheet
Line Is Copied (P.140) places)
Dirty or failed the glass board Clean or replace the glass board
N
The cause of printing Go to Dark or White Vertical Line (P.125)

Failed CIS Go to CIS Control Section (P.171)
PA
7 An Abnormal Image Is Dirty or failed the white plate and sheet (2 Clean or replace the white plate and sheet
Copied (P.141) places)
Dirty or failed the glass board Clean or replace the glass board
RO
Dirty or failed the document feed roller (at ADF) Clean or replace the document feed roller
Dirty or failed the separation roller (at ADF) Clean or replace the separation roller
Failed CIS movement (at SG) Replace the belt or the gear or the shaft or the FB motor
ET
Failed CIS Go to CIS Control Section (P.171)

The cause of printing Go to Dark or White Vertical Line (P.125)
EL
116
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.6. CALL SERVICE Troubleshooting Guide
DA
Call Service related error is most frequent.
Call Service 1 ----- Polygon doesn’t rotate......... Refer to LSU (Laser Scanning Unit) Section (P.45).
• First, listen to the sound. If rotation sound isn't heard, check 24V line, POLON signal and POLCLK signal. If even a little of sound
LT
is heard, check XREADY signal.
A
Call Service 2 ----- Laser isn't output.......... Refer to LSU (Laser Scanning Unit) Section (P.45)
• This can be judged only by referring to signal. Check 5V line, XHSYNC, XAPC, XVIDEO, XLDON.
IC
Call Service 3 ----- Detection of fixing temperature.......... Refer to Heat Lamp Control Circuit (P.60)
CN
• *Service mode *655 tells the detection number and 3 latest temperatures of the thermistor. The detection point of the Call Ser-
vice 3 and the thermistor temperature is displayed. Maximum 3 latest temperatures are displayed showing the newest on the left.
TE
[AABB CCDD EEFF] AA, CC and EE show the detection points and BB, DD and FF show their temperature detection points.
00: CALL SERVICE 3 was not occurred.
01: means that the value of AD did not increased by 4 steps or more within 10 sec soon after the heater was turned ON. (ther-
A
mistor’s open detection)
02: means that it did not reach the first stabilizing temperature (170°C: 3Dh) within 50 seconds.
CI
03: means that it did not reach the second stabilizing temperature (205°C: 20h)* within 75 seconds after reaching the first stabi-
lizing temperature (170°C: 3Dh).
EN
04: means that it dropped to -40 deg or below by the temperature control after reaching the second stabilizing temperature
(205°C: 20h)*.
ST
05: means that it did not reach the first stabilizing temperature (170°C: 3Dh) within 35 seconds from detection temperature 1
(70°C: DAh). SI
06: means that it became 235°C: 13h or over during printing.
07: means that during printing the short of the thermistor (AD: 00h) was detected.
AS
08: means that the thermistor’s short (AD: 00h) were detected.
09: means that it became 235°C: 13h or over during sleep condition (heater OFF).
*: depend on its printing conditions (room temperature, number of printing, printing paper size etc.).
N
PA
<Note>
Once “CALL SERVICE3” is displayed, it does not disappear until the Factory Setup or Service Function #529 is executed.
RO
Therefore Service Function #529 should not be executed before the confirmation, and #529 should be done after the countermea-
sure.
ET
Call Service 4 ----- Rotation of Fan.......... Refer to FAN Motor Section (P.41)
EL
• Connector isn’t inserted firmly, dust is caught in and the fan is broken.
• Rotation of the Fan can be confirmed by following Test Mode.
Service mode *677
:1... Normal operation (default)
:2... Right Fan & Left Fan ON (High speed)
:3... Right Fan & Left Fan ON (Low speed)
:4... Both Fan OFF
Call service 5 ----- Rotation of Engine motor.......... Refer to Motor Drive Section (P.33)
• Engine motor’s rotation detection signal LD did not become Low within rated speed ±6.25%.
• Service mode *556: the operation of Main Motor can be checked by pressing 0 and SET buttons.
Call service 6 ----- Detection of Charger error.......... Refer to the HVPS (High Voltage Power Supply) Section (P.58)
• Breaking of charger’s wire of drum cartridge and/or loose connection of High voltage terminals (CHRG, GRID).
• First, replace the drum cartridge even so, it doesn’t function check the high voltage power supply.
* As for Call Service 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6, turn the power OFF then ON to restart.
117
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.6.1. CALL SERVICE 1
DA
"CALL SERVICE 1" means that the polygon motor inside the LSU does not rotate.
The rotation of the polygon motor is detected by IC300-F23pin (NREADY).
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
118
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
"CALL SERVICE 2" means that the synchronous signal out of the LSU cannot be detected.
The synchronous signal out of the LSU is detected by IC 300-G23pin. (NHSYNC)
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
Note:
As for the "Pulse" waveform of the above flow chart, see the timing chart.
119
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
"CALL SERVICE 3" means that the temperature of the fuser does not rise up to or exceed a constant temperature.
The temperature is monitored with the thermistor inside the fuser and detected with the voltage input into IC 300-D19.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
* When Call Service 3 is occurred, the cause can be distinguished by service mode 655.
Refer to CALL SERVICE Troubleshooting Guide (P.117) for details.
120
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
"CALL SERVICE 4" means that the FAN does not run or the running of the FAN cannot be detected normally.
The running of the FAN is detected by IC300-AC20 and W24pin. "CALL SERVICE 4" is displayed when it detects NG three times
continuously.
LT
After repairing, copy three times.If “CALL SERVICE 4 “ is displayed, check again.
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
121
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
“CALL SERVICE 5” means that Engine DC motor’s rotation detection signal (LD) does not become Low.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
122
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
“CALL SERVICE 6” indicates that abnormal charge voltage is output from the high voltage unit.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
123
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.7. Print
DA
12.3.7.1. Ghost Image
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
High Voltage Section (P.175)
124
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.7.2. Dark or White Vertical Line
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
Note:
When wiping the cover glass, reflecting mirror, use a dry and soft cloth.
125
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.7.3. Dark or White Horizontal Line
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
CROSS REFERENCE:
EL
126
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.7.4. Dirty or Half Darkness Background
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
127
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.7.5. Black Print
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
LSU (Laser Scanning Unit) Section (P.45)
128
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.7.6. Light Print
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
129
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.7.7. Black or White Point
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
12.3.8. Recording Paper Feed

RO
12.3.8.1. Multiple Feed

ET
EL
130
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.8.2. The Recording Paper Is Waved or Wrinkled
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
131
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.8.3. Skew
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
132
SI
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.8.4. The Recording Paper Does Not Feed
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
Sensor Section (P.164)
Motor Section (P.167)
133
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.8.5. The Recording Paper Jam
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
134
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
A
IC
CROSS REFERENCE:
CN
FAN Motor Section (P.41)
When the recording paper jam is occurred, the service mode *630 distinguishes the cause.
0:No Jam
TE
1:Exit Sensor turns ON, though not under the conditions for ON.
2:Exit Sensor turns OFF, though not under the conditions for OFF.
3:After Exit Sensor falls, it turns ON already on terminating of Cancel Timer.
A
4:After Exit Sensor rises, it turns ON already on terminating of Cancel Timer.
CI
5:Top Sensor turns ON, though not under the conditions for ON.
6:Top Sensor turns OFF, though not under the conditions for OFF.
EN
7:After Top Sensor falls, it turns ON already on terminating of Cancel Timer.
8:After Top Sensor rises, it turns OFF already on terminating of Cancel Timer.
ST
9:Exit Sensor never turns ON in the specified time, though Top Sensor turns ON.
10:Top Sensor MAX-length-JAM.
11:Exit Sensor never turns OFF in the specified time, though Top Sensor turns OFF.
SI
12:Registration Sensor turns ON, though not under the conditions for ON.
AS
13:Registration Sensor turns OFF, though not under the conditions for OFF.
14:After Registration Sensor falls, it turns ON already on terminating of Cancel Timer.
15:After Registration Sensor rises, it turns OFF already on terminating of Cancel Timer.
N
16:Top Sensor never turns ON in the specified time, thugh Registration Sensor turns ON.
17:Registration Sensor MAX-length-JAM.
PA
18:Top Sensor never turns OFF in the specified time, though Registration Sensor turns OFF.
Top Sensor never turns OFF in the specified time, though Pick1 Sensor turns OFF.
RO
19:PICK1 Sensor turns ON, though not under the conditions for ON.
20:PICK1 Sensor turns OFF, though not under the conditions for OFF.
21:After PICK1 Sensor falls, it turns ON already on terminating of Cancel Timer.
ET
22:After PICK1 Sensor rises, it turns OFF already on terminating of Cancel Timer.
23:Registration Sensor never turns ON in the specified time, though PICK1 Sensor turns ON.
EL
Top Sensor never turns ON in the specified time, though PICK1 Sensor turns ON.
24:PICK2 Sensor MAX-length-JAM.
25:Registration Sensor never turns OFF in the specified time, though PICK1 Sensor turns OFF.
90:Abnormal stop during printing DMA.
91:Incompleteness of JBIG decompression.
92:HVERR(error of an abnormal charge voltage) was detected during printing.
99:Before Motor Rotation.
135
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.8.6. Back Side of The Recording Paper Is Dirty
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
CROSS REFERENCE:
N

PA
12.3.9. ADF (Auto Document Feeder) Section

12.3.9.1. No Document Feed, Document Jam and Multiple Document Feed
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
Sensor Section (P.164)
136
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
Motor Section (P.167)
137
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.9.2. Skew (ADF)
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
138
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.9.3. The Sent FAX Data Is Skewed
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
CROSS REFERENCE:
Skew (ADF) (P.138)
A
12.3.9.4. The Received FAX Data Is Skewed
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
CROSS REFERENCE:
Skew (P.132)
PA
12.3.9.5. The Received or Copied Data Is Expanded

RO
ET
EL
139
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.9.6. Black or White Vertical Line Is Copied
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
140
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.9.7. An Abnormal Image Is Copied
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
CROSS REFERENCE:
RO
CIS Control Section (P.171)

ET
EL
141
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.10. Communication Section
DA
Find the problem in the table shown below, and refer to the corresponding troubleshooting procedure in Defective Facsimile Sec-
tion (P.143).
LT
No. Symptom Content Possible cause
1 The paper dose not feed properly when faxing. Troubleshooting Problem with the feeding mecha-
A
nism.
(Copying is also not possible.) (Refer to Transmit Problem (P.143)
IC
2 The fax transmits successfully one time and fails another. Troubleshooting Problem with the service line or with
(Copying is also possible.) the receiver's fax.
CN
(Refer to Sometime There Is a
Transmit Problem (P.144)
3 The fax receives successfully one time and fails another. Troubleshooting Problem with the service line or with
TE
the transmitter's fax.
(Copying is also possible.) (Refer to Receive Problem (P.145)
4 The fax completely fails to transmit or receive. Troubleshooting Problem with the electric circuit.
A
(Copying is also possible.) (Refer to The Unit Can Copy, But
Cannot Transmit/Receive (P.146)
CI
5 The fax fails either to transmit or receive when making a Detailed description of the Problem with the service line.
long distance or an international call. possible causes (Similar to
EN
(Copying is also possible.) troubleshooting items No.2
6 The fax image is poor when transmitting or receiving during and No.3.)
a long distance or international call.
ST
7 No.1-No.5 The troubleshooting proce- (Refer to How To Output The Jour-
dure for each error code will nal Report (P.151)
be printed on the communi-
SI
cation result report.
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
142
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.10.1. Defective Facsimile Section
DA
12.3.10.1.1. Transmit Problem
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
Cleaning the White Plates and Glass (P.228)
ADF (Auto Document Feeder) Section (P.136)
Operation Panel Section (P.164)
143
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.10.1.2. Sometime There Is a Transmit Problem
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
Note:
“596: Transmit level set” represents a service code. Refer to the Service Function Table (P.95).
“717: Transmit speed select” represents a service code. Refer to the Service Function Table (P.95).
144
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.10.1.3. Receive Problem
DA
Confirm the following before starting troubleshooting.
• Is the recording paper installed properly? Refer to the next page.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
Note:
“596: Transmit level set” represents a service code. Refer to the Service Function Table (P.95).
“718: Receive speed select” represents a service code. Refer to the Service Function Table (P.95).
For the receiving problem, we have thought of causes other than in the software. Some causes may be when the fax changes to
the memory receiving mode (for example, when out of paper). and the memory becomes full of the unprinted fax data. In this
case, [MEMORY FULL] and its main cause (for example, “OUT OF PAPER”) are displayed on the LCD. Accordingly, by solving
the main problem, [MEMORY FULL] can be canceled and the receiving problem can solved.
Please refer to User Recoverable Errors (P.103) for the above items.
Also, when it actually becomes a hardware deformity, please check each sensor.
145
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.10.1.4. The Unit Can Copy, But Cannot Transmit/Receive
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
CROSS REFERENCE:
Test Functions (P.90)
PA
Check Sheet (P.161)

RO
ET
EL
146
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.11. Special Service Journal Reports
DA
Journal 2 and Journal 3 shown below, which are special journals giving the additional detailed information about the latest 35 com-
munications, can be printed by Service Code 881 or 882. Remote printing function for the journal reports (JOURNAL, JOURNAL 2
and JOURNAL 3) is also available for service technicians. (Refer to Program Mode Table (P.108) The JOURNAL report only
LT
gives you basic information about a communication, but the other two journal reports provide different information on the same item
(communication).
A
HOW TO READ JOURNAL REPORTS:
Example:
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
1. Look at NO. 01 in the JOURNAL. If you want to know about the details about that item, see NO. 01 in the JOURNAL 2 and the
JOURNAL 3. You can get the following information.
* MODE: Fax transmission
* RCV. MODE: TEL
* TX SPEED: 9.6 kbps
* RESOLUTION: standard
* ENCODE: MH
* MAKER CODE: 79
2. Look at NO. 04 in the JOURNAL 2. CNG (0003) indicates that the CNG signal has been received three times since the pur-
chase date.
For further details, see Journal 2 and Journal 3.
147
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.11.1. Journal 2
DA
Refer to JOURNAL 2 in Printout Example (P.149).
Journal 2 displays the additional detailed information about the last 35 communications.
LT
Descriptions:
(1) RCV. MODE
A
Indicates which receive mode the unit was in when the unit received a fax message.
This information is also displayed when the unit transmitted a fax message.
IC
(2) SPEED
CN
Indicates the speed of the communication. If multiple pages are transmitted or received, it indicates the last page’s communica-
tion speed. If there is a communication error, “?” is displayed.
TE
(3) RESOLUTION
Indicates the resolution of the communication. If multiple pages are transmitted or received, it indicates the last page’s resolu-
A
tion. If there is a communication error, “?” is displayed.
CI
(4) RCV-TRIG. (CNT.)
EN
Indicates the trigger that causes the unit to switch to the fax receive mode. The available options are listed in JOURNAL 2 in Print-
out Example (P.149). The values in parentheses indicate how many times the trigger has been used. (For example, “0003” means
three times.)
No. Display
ST Function
SI
1 FAX MODE Means the unit received a fax message in the FAX mode.
2 MAN RCV Means the unit received a fax message by manual operation.
AS
3 RMT DTMF Means the unit detected DTMF (Remote Fax activation code) entered remotely.
4 PAL DTMF Means the unit detected DTMF (Remote Fax activation code) entered by a parallel connected tele-
phone.
N
5 TURN-ON Means the unit started to receive after 10 rings. (Remote Turn On: Service Code #573)
PA
(5) ERROR→MEMORY
Indicates the reason why the unit received a fax message in memory.
RO
If you look at No.11 in the JOURNAL 2 in Printout Example (P.149), it shows the fax message was received in memory due to
“PAPER OUT” error.
ET
NO RESPONSE DISAPPEARED ON JOURNAL

The “NO RESPONSE DISAPPEARED ON JOURNAL” displays the information about the last 10 communications terminated
EL
by “No Response”. (Some of the communications terminated by “No Response” were not displayed in the JOURNAL.)
When a fax transmission cannot be performed because the other party’s unit is set to the TEL mode, “No response” will be
printed.
148
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.11.2. Journal 3
DA
Refer to JOURNAL 3 in Printout Example (P.149).
Description
(6) ENCODE
LT
Compression Code: MH/MR/MMR
(7) MSLT
A
MSLT means Minimum Scan Line Time. Used only at the factory.
IC
(8) EQM (RX)
CN
EQM means Eye Quality Monitor. Used only at the factory.
(9) ERROR LINE (RX)
TE
When an error occurs while receiving a fax, this shows the number of error lines.
(10) MAKER CODE
A
This shows a 2 digit code of the other party's fax machine brand.
CI
0E: “KX” model
EN
00: Unknown
79: “UF” model
19: “Xerox” model
ST
12.3.11.3. Printout Example SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
149
KX-MB2030BRW
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
150
SI
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.11.4. How To Output The Journal Report
DA
1. Press the MENU button 3 times.
2. Press “#”, then “2”.
3. Press the SET button.
LT
4. The report prints out.
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
CROSS REFERENCE:
Features (P.13)
Error code table:
(1) CODE (2) RESULT (3) MODE

ST SYMPTOM Counter-
SI
measure*
AS
PRESSED THE STOP KEY SND & RCV Communication was interrupted by the STOP button.
DOCUMENT JAMMED SND The document paper is jammed.
NO DOCUMENT SND No document paper.
N
THE COVER WAS OPENED SND The cover is open.

28 COMMUNICATION ERROR SND Invalid signal is received during PHASE-B of PHASE-D.
PA
40 COMMUNICATION ERROR SND Transmission is finished when the T0 TIMER expires. 1

41 COMMUNICATION ERROR SND DCN is received after DCS transmission. 2
RO
42 COMMUNICATION ERROR SND FTT is received after transmission of a 2400BSP training signal. 3
43 COMMUNICATION ERROR SND No response after post message is transmitted three times. 4
44 COMMUNICATION ERROR SND RTN and PIN are received. 5
ET
46 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV No response after FTT is transmitted. 6

48 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV No post message. 7
49 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV RTN is transmitted. 8
EL
50 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV PIN is transmitted (to PRI-Q). 8

51 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV PIN is transmitted. 8
52 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV Reception is finished when the T0 TIMER expires. 9
54 ERROR-NOT YOUR UNIT RCV DCN is received after DIS transmission. 11
58 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV DCN is received after FTT transmission. 13
59 ERROR-NOT YOUR UNIT SND DCN responds to the post message. 14
65 COMMUNICATION ERROR SND DCN is received before DIS reception. 2
65 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV Reception is not EOP, EOM PIP, PIN, RTP or RTN. 2
68 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV No response at the other party after MCF or CFR is transmitted. 13
70 ERROR-NOT YOUR UNIT RCV DCN is received after CFR transmission. 13
72 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV Carrier is cut when the image signal is received. 16
75 MEMORY FULL RCV The document was not received due to memory full.
79 CANCELED SND The multi-station transmission was rejected by the user.
FD COMMUNICATION ERROR SND & RCV Modem error. For the DCN, DCN, etc. abbreviations, refer to NCU 12
Section (P.29). ITS (Integrated telephone System) and Monitor
Section (P.31).
SND=TRANSMISSION / RCV=RECEPTION
Most fax communication problems can be resolved by the following steps.

1. Change the transmit level. (Service code: 596, refer to Service Function Table (P.95).)
2. Change the TX speed/RX speed. (Service code: 717/718, refer to Service Function Table (P.95).)
Note*:
If the problem remains, see the following “Countermeasure” flow chart.
151
KX-MB2030BRW
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
152
SI
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
153
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
154
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
155
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
156
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
SI
157
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
KX-MB2030BRW
KX-MB2030BRW
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
158
SI
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
159
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.12. Initializing Error
DA
After the power is turned on, the SOC (IC300) initializes and checks each IC.
The ROM (IC402) and SDRAM (IC400) are checked.
If initialization fails for the ICs, the system will not boot up.
LT
In this case, please find the cause as follows.
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
NG Example (P.243)
160
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.13. Analog Section
DA
This chapter provides the testing procedures required for the analog parts. A signal route to be tested is determined depending
upon purposes. For example, the handset TX route begins at the handset microphone and the signal is output to the telephone
line. The signal mainly flowing on this route is analog. You can trace the signal with an oscilloscope. The signal flow on each
LT
route is shown in the Check Sheet here. If you find a specific problem in the unit, for example if you cannot communicate with
the H/S, trace that signal route locally with the following Check Sheet and locate the faulty point.
A
12.3.13.1. Check Sheet
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
161
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.13.2. DEFECTIVE ITS (Integrated Telephone System) Section
DA
1. No handset and speakerphone transmission / reception
Perform a signal test in the ITS or the NCU section and locate a defective point (where the signal disappears) on each route
between the handset microphone and telephone line (sending), or between the telephone line and the handset speaker (receiv-
LT
ing), or between the microphone and the telephone line (sending), or between the telephone line and the speaker (receiving).
Check the components at that point. Check Sheet (P.161) is useful for this investigation.
A
2. No pulse dialing
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
3. No ring tone (or No bell)
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
Check Sheet (P.161)
NCU Section (P.29)
162
M
KX-MB2030BRW
4. No tone dialing
DA
LT
A
IC
CROSS REFERENCE:
CN
Check Sheet (P.161)
12.3.13.3. Detective TAM Interface Section
TE
1. The FAX turns on, but does not arrive through TAM.
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
CROSS REFERENCE:
AS
TAM Interface Circuit (P.30)
2. A FAX is received, but won't switch from TAM to FAX.

N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
Analog Section (P.161)
TAM Interface Circuit (P.30)
163
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.14. Operation Panel Section
DA
Refer to Test Functions (P.90).
1. NO KEY OPERATION
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
2. NO LCD INDICATION
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
CROSS REFERENCE:
EL
12.3.15. Sensor Section

Refer to SENSORS AND SWITCHES for the circuit description.
Perform an SENSOR CHECK to determine if the sensor is operating correctly.
1. Check the pickup sensor .......... “FAILED PICKUP”
164
M
KX-MB2030BRW
2. Check the paper exit sensor.......... “PAPER JAMMED”
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
3. Check the home sensor .......... “SCANNER POSITION ERROR”
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
4. Check the read position sensor .......... “CHECK DOCUMENT”

N
PA
RO
ET
EL
5. Check the registration & manual paper sensor .......... “PAPER JAMMED”
6. Check the print timing sensor .......... “PAPER JAMMED”
165
M
KX-MB2030BRW
7. Check the document sensor
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
8. Check the top cover sensor .......... “TOP COVER OPEN”
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
9. Check the toner sensor .......... “TONER LOW”, “CHANGE DRUM”
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
CROSS REFERENCE:
EL
Sensors and Switches Section (P.47)

10. Check the handset hook switch
CROSS REFERENCE:
Sensors and Switches Section (P.47)
166
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.16. Motor Section
DA
12.3.16.1. Engine Motor
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
167
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.16.2. FB (Flatbed) Motor
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
168
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.16.3. ADF Motor
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
169
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.17. LSU Section
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
LSU (Laser Scanning Unit) Section (P.45)
170
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.18. CIS Control Section
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
171
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
CROSS REFERENCE:
172
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.19. High Voltage Value Check Point
DA
Measurement Procedure
1. Turn Off the unit, and open the unit cover.
2. Remove the developing unit, if it is equipped.
LT
3. Connect the wire to the terminal to be measured (Fig. 2). The wire should be put out of the unit not to interfere in other termi-
nals (Fig. 3). See Fig 4 and 5 for fixing the wire to the terminal No.4.
A
4. Reinstall the developing unit and close the unit cover.
5. Connect the wire fixed to the terminal to be measured and high voltage probe. Connect the earth of the high voltage probe to
IC
the screw located under the bottom plate of the unit without the paper cassette. (Fig.7).
6. Turn On the unit. It causes the unit to start the initial operation. Be careful, high voltage is output at that moment. (Avoid mea-
CN
suring then.)
7. The unit enters the service mode. Then push *556_0.
TE
8. Push the SET button.
(High voltage will be added to the unit in the hereafter. Avoid touching the wire and the tip of high voltage probe where high
voltage is supplied.)
A
9. When the measurement is finished, push the STOP button.
(The high voltage output is stopped.)
CI
10. Remove the wire fixed to the output terminal after measuring.
EN
Each terminal’s output voltage
No. BIAS Name

ST
Rated Output Rated Output Range
1 CHG (Charge) 200µA
SI 200±15µAOutput voltage about 4.1~4.6KV
2 GRID (Grid) 475V 475± 10V
AS
3 DEV (Developing) 230V 200~300V

4 TRA (Transfer) 785V 785± 100V
* FLUKE85 (MULTIMETER) + HIOKI (HV PROVE 9014) or the equivalent should be used as the high voltage measuring instru-
N
ment. (Fig.6)
PA
* As for measuring TRA, start measuring within 4 seconds after pressing the SET button. The output value will be changed in 4
seconds.
RO
ET
EL
173
KX-MB2030BRW
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
174
SI
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.20. High Voltage Section
DA
1. Main
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
175
KX-MB2030BRW
2. CHG, GRID
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
176
SI
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
3. TRA (+)
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
SI
177
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
KX-MB2030BRW
3. DEV DC
KX-MB2030BRW
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
178
SI
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
TRA (-)
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
SI
179
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
KX-MB2030BRW
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.21. USB Section
DA
Troubleshooting
1. Confirmation of the PC settings
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
180
M
KX-MB2030BRW
2. Confirmation of the main unit
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
181
M
KX-MB2030BRW
USB (Universal Serial Bus) block
DA
Description
This is a USB block for data communication with PC.
Two signal lines (D+/D-) are differential signals which work in reverse phase.
LT
VBUS: CN300 1pin
D-: CN300 2pin
A
D+: CN300 3pin
IC
GND: CN300 4pin
CN
Circuit Diagram
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
Sequence of normal operation

When USB cable from PC is connected to CN300, VBUS voltage goes up to 5V, and IC300 recognize the connection with PC.
Then D+ becomes about 3V : waveform (1)-1
The D+ becomes 0V, then communication between IC300 and PC is started : waveform (2)-1
When a few seconds elapsed after USB cable was inserted into CN300 ,the unit enters stand-by mode.
When PC is at Hi-Speed , waveforms are (1)-1 ~ (1)-4.
When PC is at Full Speed ,waveforms are (2)-1 ~ (2)-4.
182
M
KX-MB2030BRW
Waveform of normal operation
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
183
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.22. LAN SECTION
DA
LAN Block Diagram
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
LAN Circuit signal waveform (Normal)

Transmitter waveform [TD+ ( CN750 pin1), TD- ( CN750 pin2) differential voltage] : Differential probe is used.
1. When network equipment is not connected (LAN cable is not connected);
184
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
2. When 100Base-TX-enabled deviced is connected;
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
185
M
KX-MB2030BRW
3. When 10Base-T-enabled device is connected.
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
186
M
KX-MB2030BRW
IC750 ( C1CB00002566 : 3.3V Single Power Supply) Pin Description
DA
Pin No Signal Name Input/Output(*) Description
1 GND Gnd Ground
LT
2 VDDPLL_1.8 P 1.8V analog VDD
3 VDDA_3.3 P 3.3V analog VDD
4 RX- I/O Physical receive or transmit signal (- differential)
A
5 RX+ I/O Physical receive or transmit signal (+ differential)
IC
6 TX- I/O Physical transmit or receive signal (- differential)
7 TX+ I/O Physical transmit or receive signal (+ differential)
CN
8 XO O Crystal feedback
This pin is used only in MII mode when a 25 MHz crystal is used.
This pin is a no connect if oscillator or external clock source is used, or
if RMII mode is selected.
TE
9 XI / REFCLK I Crystal / Oscillator / External Clock Input
MII Mode: 25MHz +/-50ppm (crystal, oscillator, or external clock) RMII
Mode: 50MHz +/-50ppm (oscillator, or external clock only)
A
10 REXT I/O Set physical transmit output current
Connect a 6.49KΩ resistor in parallel with a 100pF capacitor to ground
CI
on this pin. See KSZ8041NL reference schematics.
11 MDIO I/O Management Interface (MII) Data I/O
EN
This pin requires an external 4.7KΩ pull-up resistor.
12 MDC I Management Interface (MII) Clock Input
This pin is synchronous to the MDIO data interface.
ST
13 RXD3 / PHYAD0 Ipu/O MII Mode: Receive Data Output[3](2) /
Config Mode: The pull-up/pull-down value is latched as PHYADDR[0]
SI
during power-up / reset. See “Strapping Options” section for details.
14 RXD2 / PHYAD1 Ipd/O MII Mode: Receive Data Output[2](2) /
AS
Config Mode: The pull-up/pull-down value is latched as PHYADDR[1]
during power-up / reset. See “Strapping Options“ section for details.
15 RXD1 / Ipd/O MII Mode: Receive Data Output[1](2) /
RXD[1] / RMII Mode: Receive Data Output[1](3) /
N
PHYAD2 Config Mode: The pull-up/pull-down value is latched as PHYADDR[2]

PA

16 RXD0 / Ipu/O MII Mode: Receive Data Output[0](2) /
RXD[0] / RMII Mode: Receive Data Output[0](3) /
RO
DUPLEX Config Mode: Latched as DUPLEX (register 0h, bit 8) during power-up /
reset. See “Strapping Options“ section for details.
17 VDDIO_3.3 P 3.3V digital VDD
ET
18 RXDV / Ipd/O MII Mode: Receive Data Valid Output /

CRSDV / RMII Mode: Carrier Sense/Receive Data Valid Output /
CONFIG2 Config Mode: The pull-up/pull-down value is latched as CONFIG2 dur-
EL
ing power-up / reset. See “Strapping Options“ section for details.

19 RXC O MII Mode: Receive Clock Output
20 RXER / Ipd/O MII Mode: Receive Error Output /
RX_ER / RMII Mode: Receive Error Output /
ISO Config Mode: The pull-up/pull-down value is latched as ISOLATE during
power-up / reset. See “Strapping Options“ section for details.
21 INTRP Opu Interrupt Output: Programmable Interrupt Output
Register 1Bh is the Interrupt Control/Status Register for programming
the interrupt conditions and reading the interrupt status. Register 1Fh bit
9 sets the interrupt output to active low (default) or active high.
22 TXC O MII Mode: Transmit Clock Output
23 TXEN / TX_EN I MII Mode: Transmit Enable Input /
RMII Mode: Transmit Enable Input
24 TXD0 / TXD[0] I MII Mode: Transmit Data Input[0](4) /
RMII Mode: Transmit Data Input[0](5)
25 TXD1 / TXD[1] I MII Mode: Transmit Data Input[1](4) /
RMII Mode: Transmit Data Input[1](5)
26 TXD2 I MII Mode: Transmit Data Input[2](4) /
27 TXD3 I MII Mode: Transmit Data Input[3](4) /
28 COL / CONFIG0 Ipd/O MII Mode: Collision Detect Output /
Config Mode: The pull-up/pull-down value is latched as CONFIG0 dur-
29 CRS / CONFIG1 Ipd/O MII Mode: Carrier Sense Output /
Config Mode: The pull-up/pull-down value is latched as CONFIG1 dur-
187
M
KX-MB2030BRW
Pin No Signal Name Input/Output(*) Description
DA
30 LED0 / NWAYEN Ipu/O LED Output: Programmable LED0 Output /
Config Mode: Latched as Auto-Negotiation Enable (register 0h, bit 12)
LT
The LED0 pin is programmable via register 1Eh bits [15:14], and is
defined as follows.
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
31 LED1 / SPEED Ipu/O LED Output: Programmable LED1 Output /
Config Mode: Latched as SPEED (register 0h, bit 13) during power-up /
ST
reset. See “Strapping Options“ section for details.
The LED1 pin is programmable via register 1Eh bits [15:14], and is
defined as follows.
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
32 RST# I Chip Reset (active low)

PAD- GND Gnd Ground
DLE
NOTE:
• P = Power supply.
Gnd = Ground.
O = Output.
I/O = Bi-directional.
Ipd = Input with internal pull-down (40K +/-30%).
Ipu = Input with internal pull-up (40K +/-30%).
Opu = Output with internal pull-up (40K +/-30%).
Ipu/O = Input with internal pull-up (40K +/-30%) during power-up/reset; output pin otherwise.
Ipd/O = Input with internal pull-down (40K +/-30%) during power-up/reset; output pin otherwise.
• MII Rx Mode: The RXD[3..0] bits are synchronous with RXCLK. When RXDV is asserted, RXD[3..0] presents valid data to MAC
through the MII. RXD[3..0] is invalid when RXDV is de-asserted.
• RMII Rx Mode: The RXD[1:0] bits are synchronous with REF_CLK. For each clock period in which CRS_DV is asserted, two bits
of recovered data are sent from the PHY.
• MII Tx Mode: The TXD[3..0] bits are synchronous with TXCLK. When TXEN is asserted, TXD[3..0] presents valid data from the
MAC through the MII. TXD[3..0] has no effect when TXEN is de-asserted.
• RMII Tx Mode: The TXD[1:0] bits are synchronous with REF_CLK. For each clock period in which TX_EN is asserted, two bits of
data are received by the PHY from the MAC.
188
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.23. Main Board Section
DA
3.3V / 1.2V Troubleshooting Guide (1)
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
189
M
KX-MB2030BRW
3.3V / 1.2V Troubleshooting Guide (2)
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
190
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
SI
191
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
KX-MB2030BRW
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.24. Power Supply Board Section
DA
12.3.24.1. Key Components For Troubleshooting
Check the following parts first: F1, F2, D1, C5, Q1 and PC1.
LT
This comes from our experience with experimental test. For example: power supply and lightning surge voltage test, with standing
voltage test, intentional short circuit test, etc.
Caution:
A
If you find a melted fuse in the unit, do not turn on the power until you located and repair the faulty parts (except for the fuse);
IC
otherwise the fuse will melt again and you cannot pinpoint the faulty point.
CN
In most cases, the symptom is that nothing is output. It is more likely that the fault is in the primary side rather than the secondary
side. Check the primary side first.
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
192
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.24.2. Troubleshooting Flow Chart
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
193
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.3.24.3. Broken Parts Repair Details
DA
(D1)
If D1 is short-circuit, F2 will melt (open).
In this case, replace all of the parts (D1, F2).
LT
(C5)
If overvoltage(Approx. 200V) was supplied for a power supply unit, C5 will be broken.
A
(Q1)
If Q1 is short-circuit, F2 will melt (open).
IC
In this case, replace all of the parts (F2, Q1,D1).
(F101)
CN
If F101 is melted (open), check the 24 Voltage line of the Main Board and others.
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
194
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.4. DOCUMENT JAMS (AUTO DOCUMENT FEEDER)
DA
Caution:
LT
• Do not pull out the jammed document forcibly before
lifting the ADF cover.
A
IC
CN
TE
A
1. Open the ADF cover (1) while holding the document cover (2).
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
2. Remove the jammed document (3) carefully.

When the document has jammed near the document entrance:
ET
EL
195
M
KX-MB2030BRW
When the document has jammed near the document exit:
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
3. Close the ADF cover.
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
196
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.5. RECORDING PAPER JAM
DA
Caution:
LT
• Do not pull out the jammed paper forcibly before opening the top
cover.
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
• To prevent injuries, be careful not to put your hands under the
top cover.
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
197
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.5.1. When the recording paper has jammed inside of the unit
DA
The display will show the following.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
Case 1:
When the recording paper has jammed near the manual input
tray:
1. Pull open the paper input tray (1).
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
2. Open the manual input tray (2) and remove the jammed paper (3)
PA
carefully by pulling it upwards. Then close the manual input tray.

RO
ET
EL
3. Close the paper input tray.

• Open and close the top cover (4) to clear the message.
198
M
KX-MB2030BRW
Case 2:
DA
When the recording paper has jammed near the drum and
toner cartridge:
1. Pull open the paper input tray (1).
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
2. Open the top cover (2) by holding the indentations (3) on both
sides of the unit..
EN
Note:
• Do not touch the transfer roller (5)
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
199
M
KX-MB2030BRW
3. Remove the jammed paper (6) carefully by pulling it upwards.
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
Remove the jammed paper (7) carefully by pulling it toward you.
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
4. Close the paper input tray.
200
M
KX-MB2030BRW
5. Close the top cover by holding the indentations on both sides of
DA
the unit, until locked.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
Case 3:
When the recording paper has jammed near the fuser unit:
ST
1. Open the top cover (1) by holding the indentations (2) on both
sides of the unit.
SI
Note:
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
2. Lift both green levers (5) until they stop.
201
M
KX-MB2030BRW
3. Remove the jammed paper (6) carefully by pulling it upwards.
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
4. Push back the green levers (7) to the original position.
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
5. Close the top cover by holding the indentations on both sides of

the unit, until locked.
EL
202
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.5.2. When the recording paper is not fed into the unit properly
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
1. Pull the paper input tray until it clicks into place, then pull it com-
pletely out, lifting the front part of the tray. Remove the recording
TE
paper and straighten.
2. Re-load the recording paper.
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
3. Insert the paper input tray into the unit, lifting the front part of the
tray. Then push it completely into the unit.
Note:
N
• If the message is still displayed, check the recording paper specifications and load the recording paper again.
PA
RO
ET
EL
203
M
KX-MB2030BRW
12.5.3. When the recording paper in the manual input tray is not fed into the unit properly
DA
LT
A
1. Remove the recording paper.
2. Re-insert the recording paper.
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
Note:
ST
• If the message is still displayed, check the recording paper specifications and re-install recording paper.
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
204
M
KX-MB2030BRW
13 Service Fixture & Tools
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
205
M
KX-MB2030BRW
14 Disassembly and Assembly Instructions
DA
Note:
Remove the Document Cover, the Paper Input tray and the drum and toner cartridge before reassembling.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
206
M
KX-MB2030BRW
14.1. Bottom Section
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
14.2. Left Side Section

RO
ET
EL
207
M
KX-MB2030BRW
14.3. Operation Panel Section
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
14.4. Open Top Cover
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
208
M
KX-MB2030BRW
14.5. Remove Operation Panel
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
14.6. Remove Operation Board

RO
ET
EL
209
M
KX-MB2030BRW
14.7. Remove Main Board
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
210
M
KX-MB2030BRW
14.8. Remove Gear Chassis Section
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
211
M
KX-MB2030BRW
14.9. Remove Right Cover
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
14.10. Remove Right Cassette Guide

PA
RO
ET
EL
212
M
KX-MB2030BRW
14.11. Remove Bottom Plate
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
14.12. Remove Laser Unit

N
PA
RO
ET
EL
213
M
KX-MB2030BRW
14.13. Remove Pick up Roller
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
214
M
KX-MB2030BRW
14.14. Remove Low Voltage Power Board
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
14.15. Remove Mirror

N
PA
RO
ET
EL
215
M
KX-MB2030BRW
14.16. Remove High Voltage Power Board
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
216
M
KX-MB2030BRW
14.17. Installation Position of The Lead
DA
14.17.1. Top Cover Section (1)
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
217
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
218
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
219
M
KX-MB2030BRW
14.17.4. Bottom Part Section (1)
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
220
M
KX-MB2030BRW
14.17.5. Bottom Part Section (2)
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
221
M
KX-MB2030BRW
14.17.6. Side Cabinet Section (1)
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
222
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
223
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
224
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
14.17.10.AC Inlet Section

N
PA
RO
ET
EL
225
M
KX-MB2030BRW
15 Maintenance
DA
15.1. Maintenance Items and Component Locations
LT
15.1.1. Outline
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS ARE PERFORMED USING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
A
1. Periodic maintenance
IC
Inspect the equipment periodically and if necessary, clean any contaminated parts.
2. Check for breakdowns
CN
Look for problems and consider how they arose.
If the equipment can be still used, perform copying, self testing or communication testing.
3. Check equipment
TE
Perform copying, self testing and communication testing to determine if the problem originates from the transmitter, receiver
or the telephone line.
4. Determine causes
A
Determine the causes of the equipment problem by troubleshooting.
CI
5. Equipment repairs
Repair or replace the defective parts and take appropriate measures at this stage to ensure that the problem will not recur.
EN
6. Confirm normal operation of the equipment
After completing the repairs, conduct copying, self testing and communication testing to confirm that the equipment operates
normally.
ST
7. Record keeping
Make a record of the measures taken to rectify the problem for future reference.
SI
15.1.2. Maintenance Check Items/Component Locations
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
15.1.2.1. Maintenance List
NO. OPERATION CHECK REMARKS

1 Document Path Remove any foreign matter such as paper. —
2 Rollers If the roller is dirty, clean it with a damp cloth then dry thor- Refer to Maintenance Check Items/Com-
oughly. ponent Locations (P.226)
3 Sensors Document sensor (PS54), Read position sensor (PS53), regis- See Maintenance Check Items/Compo-
tration sensor (PS51), Pickup sensor (SW50), Print timing sen- nent Locations (P.226) and Sensors and
sor (PS52), Toner sensor (IC51), Top cover sensor (SW1), Exit Switches Section (P.47) Test Functions
sensor (PS50), confirm the operation of the sensors. (P.90)
4 Glass If the glass is dirty, clean them with a dry soft cloth. Refer to Maintenance (P.228).
5 Abnormal, wear and tear Replace the part. Check if the screws are tight on all parts. —
or loose parts
226
M
KX-MB2030BRW
15.1.2.2. Maintenance Cycle (Document & Paper)
DA
No. Item Cleaning Cycle
LT
1 ADF Document Feed Roller (Ref.No.46) 3 months
2 ADF Separation Rubber (Ref. No.33) 3 months
3 ADF Eject Roller (Ref.No.56) 3 months
A
4 Pick up Roller (Ref No.320) ------------
5 Separation Roller (Ref. No.340) ------------
IC
6 Feed Roller (Ref.No.211) 3 months
7 Transfer Roller (Ref.No.161) ------------
CN
8 Registration Roller (Ref.No.196) 3 months
9 Heat Roller (Ref.No.232) ------------
10 Exit Roller (Ref.No.242) 3 months
TE
If each part has got dirty, clean it with a damp cloth then dry thoroughly.
A
* These values are standard and may vary depending on usage conditions.
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
227
M
KX-MB2030BRW
15.2. Maintenance
DA
15.2.1. Cleaning the White Plates and Glass
Clean the white plates and glass when a black line, a white line or a dirty pattern appears on:
LT
— your recording paper,
— the original document,
A
— the scanned data, or
— the fax document received by the other party.
IC
Caution:
• Be careful when handling the drum and toner cartridge.
CN
• Do not use paper products, such as paper towels or tissues for cleaning.
15.2.1.1. White plates and scanner glass
TE
1. Open the document cover (1) .
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
2. Hold the document cover while cleaning the white plates (2) and the
RO
scanner glass (3).

ET
EL
3. Close the document cover.
228
M
KX-MB2030BRW
15.2.1.2. Lower glass
DA
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
LT
2. Open the top cover (1) by holding the indentations (2) on both sides of
the unit.
Note:
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
3. Remove the drum and toner cartridge (5) by holding the tabs.
PA
RO
ET
EL
229
M
KX-MB2030BRW
4. Clean the lower glass (6) with a soft and dry cloth.
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
5. Reinstall the drum and toner cartridge (7) by holding the tabs.
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
• Make sure that the arrows (8) match, to install the drum and toner
EL
cartridge correctly.
230
M
KX-MB2030BRW
6. Close the top cover by holding the indentations on
DA
both sides of the unit, until locked.
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
Caution:
• To prevent injuries, be careful not to put your hands under the top
ST
cover.
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
7. Turn the power switch ON.

EL
231
M
KX-MB2030BRW
15.2.2. CLEANING THE DOCUMENT FEEDER ROLLERS
DA
Clean the rollers when documents frequently misfeed.
Caution:
• Do not use paper products, such as paper towels or tissues for cleaning.
LT
1. Turn the power switch OFF.
A
2. Open the ADF cover (1) while holding the document cover (2).
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
3.
ST
Clean the document feeder rollers (3) with a cloth moistened with
SI
water, and let all parts dry thoroughly.
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
4. Close the ADF cover.
5. Turn the power switch ON.
232
M
KX-MB2030BRW
15.3. Printing Operation Principle
DA
15.3.1. Process Chart and Process BIAS
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
15.3.2. CHARGING
N
Charging is the stage that keeps the surface of the sensitive drum a fixed electric potential. The sensitive drum is the Organic Photo
PA
Conductor (OPC), which is a electric conductive cylinder whose surface is covered with the Charge Generation Transfer Layer
(CGTL).
When the charging bias (DC +4.35kv) is added and the plus charge is supplied to the OPC surface while charging, the whole sur-
RO
face potential of the drum is +475V.

ET
EL
Charging Part
233
M
KX-MB2030BRW
15.3.3. Exposing
DA
When the drum which is charged with the fixed electric charge is irradiated by the laser beam, the plus charge and minus charge
are generated at the Charge Generation Transfer Layer. Passing through the Charge Generation Transfer Layer which conducts
the minus charge, the plus-charged drum's surface is neutralized to be skipped. Then the plus charge goes to the ground from the
LT
electric conductive cylinder. Consequently the charge of the part which is not exposed remains as it is, and the electric potential of
the scanned part changes.
A
At that time an invisible image is created on the drum.
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
Exposing Part
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
234
M
KX-MB2030BRW
15.3.4. Developing and Transcription
DA
The developing is the stage that the OPC drum with an invisible image is changed to visible by the toner. The drum cartridge con-
sists of mixing paddle, toner supply roller, developing roller, developing blade, charge wire, grid plate and OPC drum. The bias volt-
age is added to the developing roller and toner supply roller. Firstly the toner is mixed up in the mixing paddle and plus-charged by
LT
triboelectricity, then led to the toner supply roller. Secondly the potential difference causes to send the toner to the developing roller
from the toner supply roller. The supplied toner to the developing roller is kept to a certain layer thickness by the developing blade
A
and also it is charged by triboelectricity. Consequently the toner is transferred to the surface of the exposed OPC drum by the
potential difference between the developing roller and OPC drum's surface.
IC
The transfer is the stage that the created image on the OPC drum is transferred to the paper. When the transfer roller is minus-
CN
charged with the image, the plus-charged toner particles are gathered on the surface of the drum and transferred to the paper.
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
Developing and Transcription Part
235
M
KX-MB2030BRW
15.3.5. Cleaning of Transfer Roller
DA
The toner attached to the surface of the OPC drum is transferred to the paper at the transcription stage, but a part of the toner
remains. The cleaning is the stage that cleans the remain toner after the transcription stage. The remain toner on the drum and the
toner which was attached to the place where the laser beam didn't scan are gathered to the developing roller to be used again. After
LT
paper jam or replacing toner and drum cartridge, the transfer roller is plus-charged to eliminate the plus-charged toner.
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
Cleaning Part
RO
ET
EL
236
M
KX-MB2030BRW
15.3.6. Fixing
DA
On the process of the transfer, the transferred toner is weakly attached on the paper. Fixing means the process to fix the toner on
the paper permanently. The fixing part melts the toner at the high temperature using the halogen heater. The toner is fixed on the
paper by the heat and pressure through the fixing part with the image. The surface of the heat roller is rosined by Teflon and lubri-
LT
cated to prevent from attaching the toners. The press roller is made of silicon, and its spring compresses the melted toner.
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
STFixing Part
SI
The fixing part becomes high temperature, so the thermistor and the two thermostats are provided.
1. Thermistor
AS
The thermistor touches the heat roller and check the temperature to feed back to the control circuit. The surface temperature
should be kept 195°C while printing.
2. Thermostat
N
The thermostat is located near the heat roller, and it turns OFF the power when the temperature around the thermostat
PA
becomes over 160°C.

RO
ET
EL
237
M
KX-MB2030BRW
15.4. Terminal Guide of The ICs Transistors and Diodes
DA
15.4.1. Main Board (1)
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
238
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
15.4.3. Operation Board
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
15.4.4. High Voltage Power Supply Board
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
15.4.5. Low Voltage Power Supply Board

ET
EL
239
M
KX-MB2030BRW
15.5. How to Replace the Flat Package IC
DA
Even if you do not have the special tools (for example, a spot heater) to remove the Flat IC, with some solder (large amount), a
soldering iron and a cutter knife, you can easily remove the ICs that have more than 100 pins.
LT
15.5.1. Preparation
• PbF (: Pb free) Solder
A
• Soldering Iron
Tip Temperature of 700°F ± 20°F (370°C ± 10°C)
IC
Note: We recommend a 30 to 40 Watt soldering iron. An expert may be able to use a 60 to 80 Watt iron where someone with
less experience could overheat and damage the PCB foil.
CN
• Flux
Recommended Flux: Specific Gravity → 0.82.
TE
Type → RMA (lower residue, non-cleaning type)
Note: See About Lead Free Solder (PbF: Pb free) (P.7)
15.5.2. Flat Package IC Removal Procedure
A
1. Put plenty of solder on the IC pins so that the pins can be completely covered.
CI
Note:
If the IC pins are not soldered enough, you may give pressure to the P.C. board when cutting the pins with a cutter.
EN
ST
SI
AS
2. Make a few cuts into the joint (between the IC and its pins) first and then cut off the pins thoroughly.
N
PA
RO
ET
3. While the solder melts, remove it together with the IC pins.

EL
When you attach a new IC to the board, remove all solder left on the land with some tools like a soldering wire. If some solder is left
at the joint on the board, the new IC will not be attached properly.
240
M
KX-MB2030BRW
15.5.3. Flat Package IC Installation Procedure
DA
1. Temporarily fix the FLAT PACKAGE IC, soldering the two marked pins.
LT
A
IC
*Check the accuracy of the IC setting with the corresponding soldering foil.
CN
2. Apply flux to all pins of the FLAT PACKAGE IC.
TE
A
CI
EN
3. Solder the pins, sliding the soldering iron in the direction of the arrow.
ST
SI
AS
N
15.5.4. Bridge Modification Procedure

PA
1. Lightly resolder the bridged portion.

2. Remove the remaining solder along the pins using a soldering iron as shown in the figure below.
RO
ET
EL
241
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
When the unit fails to boot up the system, take the troubleshooting procedures very carefully. It may have a serious problem.
LT
The symptom: No response when the power is turned on. (No LCD display, and keys are not accepted.)
The first step is to check the power source. If there is no problem with the power supply unit, the problem may lie in the digital
A
unit (main board).
IC
As there are many potential causes in this case (ASIC, DRAM, etc.), it may be difficult to specify what you should check first. If
a mistake is made in the order of checks, a normal part may be determined faulty, wasting both time and money.
CN
Although the tendency is to regard the problem as a serious one (IC malfunction, etc.), usually most cases are caused by solder
faults (poor contact due to a tunnel in the solder, signal short circuit due to solder waste).
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
Note:
PA
1. Electrical continuity may have existed at the factory check, but a faulty contact occurred as a result of vibration, etc., during
transport.
2. Solder waste remaining on the board may get caught under the IC during transport, causing a short circuit.
RO
Before we begin mass production, several hundred trial units are produced at the plant, various tests are applied and any mal-
functions are analyzed. (In past experiences, digital IC (especially, DRAM and ROM) malfunctions are extremely rare after
installation in the product.)
ET
This may be repaired by replacing the IC, (DRAM etc.). However, the real cause may not have been an IC malfunction but a sol-
dering fault instead.
EL
Soldering faults difficult to detect with the naked eye are common, particularly for ASIC and RA (Resistor Array). But if you have
an oscilloscope, you can easily determine the problem site or IC malfunction by checking the main signal lines.
Even if you don’t have such a measuring instrument, by checking each main signal line and resoldering it, in many cases the
problem will be resolved.
An explanation of the main signals (for booting up the unit) is presented below.
What are the main signals for booting up the unit?
Please refer to General Block Diagram (P.15).

The ASIC (IC300) controls all the other digital ICs. When the power is turned on, the ASIC retrieves the operation code stored in
the ROM (IC402), then follows the instructions for controlling each IC. All ICs have some inner registers that are assigned to a
certain address.
It is the address bus by which the ASIC designates the location inside each IC. And the data bus reads or writes the data in
order to transmit the instructions from the ASIC to the ICs.
These signal lines are all controlled by voltages of 3.3V (H) or 0V (L).
242
M
KX-MB2030BRW
15.6.1. NG Example
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
243
M
KX-MB2030BRW
15.7. Test Chart
DA
15.7.1. ITU-T No.1 Test Chart
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
244
M
KX-MB2030BRW
15.7.2. ITU-T No.2 Test Chart
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
245
Memo
KX-MB2030BRW
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
246
SI
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
M
KX-MB2030BRW
16 Schematic Diagram
DA
16.1. For Schematic Diagram
LT
Note:
1. DC voltage measurements are taken with an oscilloscope or a tester with a ground.
2. The schematic diagrams and circuit board may be modified at any time with the development of new technology.
A
IC
CN
3.
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
247
M
KX-MB2030BRW
16.2. Main Board
DA
LT
1 2 3 4 5
A
1/3
IC
A
CN
SDMD[0-15] IC300 2:4E
FRMD[0-7]
SDMD[0]
SDMD[1]
SDMD[2]
SDMD[3]
T1
T2
U1
U2
SDMD0
SDMD1
SDMD2
FRMD0
FRMD1
FRMD2
A14
B14
C14
A15
RA320
47
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
FRMD[0]
FRMD[1]
FRMD[2]
FRMD[3]
2:2F
FRMA[0-23] 1-1
SDMD3 FRMD3
SDMD[4] V1 B15 1 8 FRMD[4]
SDMD4 FRMD4
SDMD[5] V2 2 7 FRMD[5]
TE
SDMD5 FRMD5 D15
SDMD[6] W1 C15 RA319 3 6 FRMD[6]
SDMD6 FRMD6
SDMD[7] W2 A16 47 4 5 FRMD[7]
SDMD7 FRMD7
SDMD[8] AA1 SDMD8 FRMA0 B16 FRMA[0]
SDMD[9] AA2 SDMD9 FRMA1 D16 5 4 FRMA[1]
SDMD[10] AB1 SDMD10 FRMA2 C16 RA318 6 3 FRMA[2]
SDMD[11] AB2 A17 47 7 2 FRMA[3]
SDMD11 FRMA3
SDMD[12] AC1 B17 8 1 FRMA[4]
A
SDMD12 FRMA4
SDMD[13] AC2 SDMD13 FRMA5 C17 5 4 FRMA[5]
SDMD[14] AD1 SDMD14 FRMA6 A18 RA317 6 3 FRMA[6]
SDMD[15] AD2 B18 47 7 2 FRMA[7]
SDMD15 FRMA7
CI
1 8 F1 SDMD16 FRMA8 D18 8 1 FRMA[8]
RA321 2 7 F2 SDMD17 FRMA9 C18 5 4 FRMA[9]
47k 3 6 G1 A19 RA316 6 3 FRMA[10]
SDMD18 FRMA10
4 5 G2 A21 47 7 2 FRMA[11]
SDMD19 FRMA11
1 8 H1 SDMD20 FRMA12 B21 8 1 FRMA[12]
B
EN
RA322 2 7 H2 SDMD21 FRMA13 D21 5 4 FRMA[13]
47k 3 6 J1 C21 RA315 6 3 FRMA[14]
SDMD22 FRMA14
4 5 J2 A22 47 7 2 FRMA[15]
SDMD23 FRMA15
1 8 L1 SDMD24 FRMA16 B22 8 1 FRMA[16]
RA323 2 7 L2 SDMD25 FRMA17 A23 5 4 FRMA[17]
47k 3 6 M1 C22 RA314 6 3 FRMA[18]
SDMD26 FRMA18
4 5 M2 B23 47 7 2 FRMA[19]
ST
SDMD27 FRMA19
1 8 N1 SDMD28 FRMA20 A24 R309 8 1 47 FRMA[20]
RA324 2 7 N2 SDMD29 FRMA21 B24 R308 47 FRMA[21]
47k 3 6 P1 A25 R307 47 FRMA[22]
SDMD30 FRMA22
4 5 P2 SDMD31 FRMA23 C23 R306 ( ) NC FRMA[23]
E1 SDUDM0 FRMA24 E24
SDLDM0 2:2B
R1
R2
SDUDM1
SDLDM0
NFRCE
NFROE
A13
B13
SI
R369
R367
47
47
2:2F
2:2F
NFRCE
NFROE
SDLDM1 2:2C AE1 SDLDM1 NFRWE C13 R368 47 2:2E NFRWE
NSDCS 2:2C P3 NSDCS
H3 L4 SDMA[0]
AS
NSDCS2 SDMA0
SDBA1 2:2C M4 SDBA1 SDMA1 L3 SDMA[1]
SDBA0 2:2C N3 SDBA0 SDMA2 J4 SDMA[2]
NSDCAS 2:2B T3 NSDCAS SDMA3 J3 SDMA[3] CRM0
NSDRAS 2:2C T4 NSDRAS SDMA4 AC3 SDMA[4]
2:2B U3 AB3 SDMA[5]
NSDWE
2:2C V3
NSDWE SDMA5
AA4 SDMA[6]
CRM1
SDCKE SDCKE SDMA6
2:2C Y2 AA3 SDMA[7]
SDCLK SDCLK SDMA7 CRM2
N
K2 SDCLK2 SDMA8 Y3 SDMA[8]

C +3.3V SDMA9 W4 SDMA[9]
CRM3
SDMA10 M3 SDMA[10]
R3 BZVDD33 W3 SDMA[11]
PA
SDMA11
R302 F49.9 R4 BZRST33 SDMA12 V4 SDMA[12]
2:1B
CRM4
SDMA[0-12]
CRM5
(1-2 Phase excitation)
RO
TP for MODEM JTAG

R360 R361 R362 R363 R364 R365
M-TRSTN
+3.3V
M-TMS
M-TDO
M-TCK
2000 NC 10K NC 10K NC 10K

M-TDI
IC300 2010 10K NC NC 10K NC 10K

ET
M24 U24 4:7E

R399
C_RTS IO34 IO0 HOOK 2020 NC 10K 10K NC NC 10K

10k
C_RXD L26 IO35 IO1 U25 4:6A EXTRLY

C_CTS L25 IO36 IO2 G24 3:2B POLCLK 2025 10K NC 10K NC NC 10K
RING 4A; 4:1B L23 IO37 IO3 F26 3:2B POLON
L24 J26 3:2E 2030 NC 10K NC 10K 10K NC
UARTTX IO38 IO4 CHG
HSSPMUTE2 4:3F K26 IO39 IO5 J25 3:2F DEV 2050 10K NC NC 10K 10K NC
EL
UARTRX K25 IO40 IO6 J23 3:2F TRS

K24 U26 2060 NC 10K 10K NC 10K NC
IO41 IO7
MMA 3:2C A12 IO42/MMA IO8 T24 +3.3V
D MMXA 3:2C
3:2C
B12
D12
IO43/MMXA IO9 T23
T25
3:7E SNPICK
MMB IO44/MMB IO10
3:2C C12 T26 3:7E
R362 ( ) NC
MMXB IO45/MMXB IO11 SNREG

3:5B A11 R24
R360
R364
FANON1 IO46/OPMA IO12

( )
10k
NC
B11 IO47/OPMXA IO13 R23

D11 IO48/OPMB IO14 R25
HSSPMUTE 4:4D C11 IO49/OPMXB IO15 R26
CRM0 3:6A;3:6B A10 IO50/CRM0 IO16 P24
CRM1 3:6B;3:6C B10 IO51/CRM1 IO17 P25
3:6A;3:6C C10 P26 3:2F
10k
10k
CRM2 IO52/CRM2 IO18 HVERR

3:6A;3:6C A9 N26
R365
CRM3 IO53/CRM3 IO20

( )
NC
3:6B;3:6C B9 H26 3:3A

CRM4 IO54/CRM4 IO21 NVIDEO
R361
R363
CRM5 3:6B;3:6C C9 IO55/CRM5 IO22 N25

ADFMEN 3:6C D9 IO56/ADFMEN IO23 N24
CRMEN 3:6B A8 IO57/CRMEN IO24 F23 3:2B NREADY
CIDRLY 4:7C G26 IO58 IO25 M26 4:3E CNGMUTE
XLANRST 2:8D G25 IO59 IO26 M25
F25 IO60 IO27 J24
SPMUTE 4:6D F24 IO61 IO28 H25
NLDEN 3:3A H24 IO62 IO29 A7 L345 3:4A KSTART
NAPC 3:3A H23 IO63 IO30 B7 L347 3:4A KTXD
E26 IO64 IO31 C7 L344 3:4A KSCLK
EYECLK
E25 IO65 IO32 D7 L346 3:4A OPERST
EYEDAT
D26 IO66 IO33 M23 C_TXD
E B8
C8
MMPWR SCIO0 AF20
AE20
3:5C REGIST
OPMPWR SCIO1 3:5C PICK
PWD 3:6B D8 CRMPWR SCIO2 AC20 3:5B FANDET1
HTRCTL 3:2D AD19 HTRCTL SCIO3/EXSEN0 AD20 3:5C POUT
SCIO4/EXSEN1 AF21
SCIO5/EXSEN2 AE21
THRMSTR0 3:4A C19 THRMSTR0 SCIO6/EXSEN3 AC21
THRMSTR1 3:2E;3:5C D19 THRMSTR1 SCIO7 AD21
DAOUT 3:4A;4:1D B20 TONE SCIO12 AF22 TP_CHKSEL
+3.3V AE22 3:5C
R338
SCIO13 TNR
10k
A20 THRMAVDD SCIO14 AF23 3:8D DOCU

B19 AD22 3:8D
Z0.1u
C301
THRMAVSS SCIO15 RPS

SCIO16 W23
Z0.1u
+3.3V
C300
C20 W24 3:5C

IC301 D20
TONEAVDD SCIO17
W25 3:2F
FANDET2
TONEAVSS SCIO18 TOPCVR
1 DS 5 W26 3:5C
SCIO19/EXSEN4 PSTART
VDD AC11 V23 3:5F
TEST SCIO20 CISHOME
R391
10k
2 AD11 V24
VSS CLKSEL SCIO21
AC18 NWDTRST SCIO22 V25
3 NC 4 AD18 V26
NRST SCIO23
F OUT G23 R304 100 3:3A
K0.01u
SCIO24 NHSYNC
C326
J100p
C351
XSYSRST
5C;2:2E;3:2E
KX-MB2030BRW SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (MAIN BOARD No.1) (1/3)
248
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
3 4 5 6 7
A
+3.3V 2/3
IC
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
)NC
NC
)NC
NC
)
)
A
(
R350(
R349(
R315
R316
R305
R351
R352
R353
R354
R355
CN
IC300
DP
AFERST
4:1B L359
4:1C;4:1E L356
Y23
Y24
Y26
AA24
AFESEL0
AFESEL1
DP
AFERST
CCDSH
NCCDRS
NCCDCP
CCDCLK
C6
B6
A5
A6
0 L361
3:5E
3:5E
CCDSH
CCDCLK 1-2
1D;4:1B L358 AA25 B5 220 L363 3:5D
RING RING AFEVSMP AFEVSMP
TE
4:1E L352 AB24 B4
BTXD BTXD AFERSMP L364 R386 220 3:5D
4:1E L353 AB25 A4
BRXD BRXD AFEMCLK AFEMCLK
4:1B L350 AC24 B1
ATXD ATXD AFEADC0
4:1B L351 AD26 C2
ARXD ARXD AFEADC1
4:1B L348 AE26 D3 3:5E
ABITCLK ABITCLK AFEADC2
4:1E L355 AC25 C1 AFEADC[0-3]
BBITCLK BBITCLK AFEADC3
4:1B L349 AD25 D2 33 L365 AFEADC[0]
ASPCLK ASPCLK AFEADC4
4:1E L354 AC26 D1 33 L366 AFEADC[1]
A
BSPCLK BSPCLK AFEADC5
4:1B;4:1E 1 3 AB26 E3 33 L367 AFEADC[2]
AFECLK AFECLK AFEADC6
L357 Y25 E2 33 L368 AFEADC[3]
EXMDMCS AFEADC7
4:1C 2 AA26 F3 220 L369 3:5E
AINT EXTINT AFESIFCLK AFESIFCLK
CI
G4 220 L370 3:5D
AFESIFEN AFESIFEN
2:8D AF5 G3
COL COL AFESIFDIN
2:8D AD6 H4 220 L371 3:5D
CRS CRS AFESIFDOUT AFESIFDOUT
2:8E AE6 C5
( ) R 341
TX_CLKI TX_CLKI OEB

J 22p R3 40
2:8E AF6 A3 3:4D

NC
TX_EN TX_EN NCCDON NCCDON
EN
TXD[0] AC7 C4 3:5E
B
R342
C398
TXD0 LEDONR LEDONR

( )
NC
NC
( )
TXD[1] AD7 B3 3:5E

TXD1 LEDONG LEDONG +3.3V
TXD[2] AE7 A2 3:5E
2:8D TXD2 LEDONB LEDONB
TXD[3] AF7 +3.3V +1.2V +1.2V 7 8
TXD[0-3] TXD3 R339
AC8 AF11
TX_ER USBVBUS
2:8E AE12 22k 1
RX_ER USBID R336 0
2:8E AE8 AE13
ST
RX_CLKI RX_CLKI USBDM 2 CN300
2:8E AD8 AF13 3
RX_DV RX_DV USBDP
RXD[0] AF8 AC12 R376 2 3 4
2 GND 5
4
RXD0 USBREXT R337 0
D308
RXD[1] AC9 AF12 5 6
IO4
VDD
IO3
D306
+3.3V RXD1 USBVDDA33_BIAS F6.98k
RXD[2] AD9 AD14
1 IO1
3 IO2
K0.1u
) R34 3
) R34 4
) R34 5
) R34 6
) R34 7
R34 8
) R39 4
C312
2:8E RXD2 USBVDDA12_SQ R385
RXD[3] AE9 AE15
RXD[0-3] RXD3 USBVDDA12PLL R387 1M
R335 4.7k
R303 4.7k
AD10
RX_ER
SI
USBVDDA33
AF14
AE16
1 1 4
L300 C321 Z0.1u
USBVDDA12
NC(
NC(
NC(
NC(
NC(
NC(
2:8E AF9 AD12

J 22 p
MDIO MDIO USBVSSA33_BIAS

2:8E AE10 AE14
MDC MDC USBVSSA12_SQ C308
2:8E AF10 AF15
AS
MGINT MGTINT USBVSSA12PLL
AD13 K0.22u
USBVSSA33 C310
AF18 AD15
TCK LSI_TCK USBVSSA12
12MHz
AD16
12MHZ
X300
TRSTN LSI_TRSTN J22p
AF17 AC15
TMS LSI_TMS USBXIN R384 C311
AE17 AF16
TDI LSI_TDI USBXOUT
+3.3V AC16 100
LSI_SCAN_ENABLE J27p
AC19
LSI_TN
N
AF19
LSI_CW_TAP
AE18 AD4
C
R372
LSI_PROCMON NBATRST
10k
AD17
LSI_TDO RTCPWRDWN
AE5 2F;2:2E;3:2E XSYSRST
10k
AE19
PA
1k
TDO LSI_IDDT
TP for ARM JTAG

R378
R373
RO
+1.2V +3.3V
IC300
ET
B2 VSS_1 VDD2_1
F4 Z0.1u C328
P11 VSS_2 VDD2_2
E23 Z0.1u C329
P12 VSS_3 VDD2_3
D6 Z0.1u C330
P13 VSS_4 VDD2_4
D10 Z0.1u C331
P14 VSS_5 VDD2_5
D14 Z0.1u C332
P15 VSS_6 VDD2_6
P23 Z0.1u C333
EL
P16 VSS_7 VDD2_7

K23 Z0.1u C334
R11 VSS_8 VDD2_8
AA23 Z0.1u C335
R12 VSS_9 VDD2_9
AB4 Z0.1u C336
R13 VSS_10 VDD2_10
AC22 Z0.1u C337
D R14 VSS_11 VDD2_11
AC17
AC13
Z0.1u
Z0.1u
C338
C339
R15 VSS_12 VDD2_12 +1.2V +1.2V/BATT
R16 VSS_13 VDD2_13
N4 Z0.1u C352
T11 VSS_14 VDD2_14
D22 Z0.1u C353
R393
U4 Z0.1u C354
( )
T12
NC
VSS_15 VDD2_15
T13 VSS_16 VDD2_16
AC6 Z0.1u C355
T14 AD5
VSS_17 VDD2RTC
+3.3V +3.3V/BATT
C327 Z0.1u
T15 VSS_18
T16 VSS_19 VDDIO33_1
K4 Z0.1u C357
AD24 D13 Z0.1u C358
R390
( )
VSS_20 VDDIO33_2
NC
AE25 VSS_21 VDDIO33_3

D17 Z0.1u C359
AB23 VSS_22 VDDIO33_4
P4 Z0.1u C360 R388
AC23 VSS_23 VDDIO33_5
U23 Z0.1u C361
180k
C319
DA300
Y4 AC10 Z0.1u C362

3
K1u
Y1
VSS_24 VDDIO33_6
N23 Z0.1u C363 +3.3V IC303
VSS_25 VDDIO33_7
L11 VSS_26 VDDIO33_8
AC14 Z0.1u C364 4 VSS 1
1k 1
2
L12 AF3 NC
VSS_27 VDDIO33OSC C322
3 VIN 2
R389
L13 VSS_28
Z0.1u
C325
L14 D24 VOUT

K1u
VSS_29 NC1
L15 AE11
VSS_30 NC2
L16 AD23
VSS_31 NC3
)
J300
M11
NC
VSS_32
M12 VSS_33 C315 D10p
(
M13 VSS_34 23.8MHZ

X302
M14 C26 23.8MHz

VSS_35 DOTCLKIN
E M15 D25 R375 C316 D8p 1
BAT300
BAT301
VSS_36 DOTCLKOUT 3 1
M16
)
220
NC
VSS_37 C313 J22p

N11 VSS_38
X301
N12 AF24 24.576MHz 2 2

VSS_39 MDMCLKIN
N13 AE23 R374 C314 J33p
VSS_40 MDMCLKOUT
N14 VSS_41 470 C317 J27p
N15 VSS_42
24.576MHZ
X303
N16 AF4 32.768KHz

VSS_43 RTCCLKIN
AC4 AE4 C318 J12p
VSS_44 RTCCLKOUT
AC5 +1.2V
VSS_45
AD3 VSS_46 32.768KHZ
AE2 C25 1 R380
VSS_47 PLL24VDD
C3 B26 K0.22u C304
VSS_48 PLL240VSS
C24 VSS_49
B25 AE24 1 R381
VSS_50 PLL393VDD
K1 AF25 K0.22u C305
VSS_51 PLL393VSS
K3 VSS_52
D23 AF2 1 R382
VSS_53 PLL266VDD2
D4 AE3 K0.22u C306
VSS_54 PLL266VSS2
D5 VSS_55
F E4 VSS_56
249
F
E
D
C
B
A
5
KX-MB2030BRW
EL
ET
C648 Z0.1u C680 Z0.1u C656 Z0.1u
RO
+1.2V
+3.3V
+3.3V
C681 Z0.1u C657 Z0.1u
C682 Z0.1u C658 Z0.1u
C653 Z0.1u C659 Z0.1u
+5VD
C651 Z0.1u C684 Z0.1u C660 Z0.1u
PA
C650 Z0.1u C685 Z0.1u C661 Z0.1u
C655 Z0.1u C662 Z0.1u
N
7
C652 Z0.1u C687 Z0.1u C663 Z0.1u

C654 Z0.1u C688 Z0.1u C665 Z0.1u
C664 Z0.1u C689 Z0.1u C666 Z0.1u
C645 Z0.1u C690 Z0.1u C667 Z0.1u
AS
C691 Z0.1u C668 Z0.1u
+7V
C646 Z0.1u
C692 Z0.1u C669 Z0.1u
C647 Z0.1u
C693 Z0.1u C670 Z0.1u
250
C683 Z0.1u
C674 Z0.1u
SI
+24V
C695 Z0.1u C675 Z0.1u
C671 Z0.1u/50V
C696 Z0.1u C676 Z0.1u
ST
C672 Z0.1u/50V
C697 Z0.1u C677 Z0.1u
C673 Z0.1u/50V
C698 Z0.1u C678 Z0.1u
C699 Z0.1u C679 Z0.1u
EN
C649 Z0.1u
8
CI
A
R398 0(1608)
R397 0(1608)
R396 0(1608)
R395 0(1608)
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
3/3
1-3
DA

M
Memo
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
SI
251
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
KX-MB2030BRW
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
1 2 3 4
LT
+3.3V 1/2
A
J100p
J100p
J100p
J100p
J100p
J100p
J100p
J100p
J100p
J100p
J100p
A 1:1A
SDMD[0-15]
SDMD[0] SD[0]
2-1
C419
C420
C421
C422
C423
C424
C425
C426
C427
C428
C429
IC
SDMD[1] RA400 4 5 SD[1]
SDMD[2] 56 3 6 SD[2] +3.3V
SDMD[3] 2 7 SD[3]
SDMD[4] 1 8 SD[4]
SDMD[5] RA401 4 SD[5]
CN
5
K0.01u
SDMD[6] 56 3 6 SD[6]
C401
Z0.1u
Z0.1u
Z0.1u
Z0.1u
Z0.1u
C400
C402
C403
C404
C414
SDMD[7] 2 7 SD[7]
SDMD[8] 1 8 SD[8] IC400
SDMD[9] RA402 4 5 SD[9] 1 54
VDD VSS
SDMD[10] 56 3 6 SD[10]
SD[0] 2 53 SD[15]
SDMD[11] 2 7 SD[11] DQ0 DQ15
TE
SDMD[12] 1 8 SD[12] 3 52
VDDQ VSSQ
SDMD[13] RA403 4 5 SD[13]
SD[1] 4 51 SD[14]
SDMD[14] 56 3 6 SD[14] DQ1 DQ14
SDMD[15] 2 7 SD[15] SD[2] 5 50 SD[13]
DQ2 DQ13
SDMA[0-12] 1 8
SDMA[0] 8 1 SA[0] 6 49
VSSQ VDDQ
SDMA[1] 7 2 SA[1] SD[3] 7 48 SD[12]
SDMA[2] 47 6 3 SA[2] DQ3 DQ12
A
SDMA[3] RA404 5 4 SA[3] SD[4] 8 47 SD[11]
DQ4 DQ11
SDMA[4] 8 1 SA[4]
9 46
SDMA[5] 7 2 SA[5] VDDQ VSSQ
CI
SDMA[6] 47 6 3 SA[6] SD[5] 10 45 SD[10]
B SDMA[7] RA405 5 4 SA[7] SD[6] 11
DQ5 DQ10
44 SD[9]
SDMA[8] 8 1 SA[8] DQ6 DQ9
SDMA[9] 7 2 SA[9] 12 43
VSSQ VDDQ
SDMA[11] 47 6 3 SA[11] SD[7] 13 42 SD[8]
EN
SDMA[12] RA406 5 4 SA[12] DQ7 DQ8
K0.01u
Z0.1u
C406
C405
SDMA[10] R400 SA[10] 14 41
VDD VSS
47 R401 68
1:1C 15 40
SDLDM0 LDQM NC
1:1C R402 47 16 39
NSDWE *WE UDQM
1:1C R403 47 17 38
NSDCAS *CAS CLK
ST
1:1C R404 47 18 37
NSDRAS *RAS CKE
1:1C R405 47 19 36 SA[12]
NSDCS *CS A12
1:1C R406 47 20 35 SA[11]
SDBA0 A13 A11
1:1C R407 47 21 34 SA[9]
SDBA1
SA[10]
SI 22
A12 A9
33 SA[8]
A10/AP A8
SA[0] 23 32 SA[7]
A0 A7
SA[1] SA[6]
AS
24 31
A1 A6
SA[2] 25 30 SA[5]
A2 A5
SA[3] 26 29 SA[4]
A3 A4
C 27
VDD VSS
28
K0.01u
Z0.1u
C412
C413
N
R408 47
PA
1:1C
SDCKE
1:1C R409 68
SDCLK
1:1C R410 68
SDLDM1
RO
ET
D
EL
+3.3V
FRMA[0]
FRMA[17]
R449 10k
NC
NC
64Mbit
IC402
)
)
R447
R448
(
(
1 56
NC1 NC7
FRMA[23] 2 55
NC2 NC6
FRMA[16] 3 54
A15 A16 1:3A
FRMA[15] 4 53
A14 *BYTE FRMD[0-7]
FRMA[14] 5 52
5 FRMD[0]
6 FRMD[1]
7 FRMD[2]
8 FRMD[3]
5 FRMD[4]
6 FRMD[5]
7 FRMD[6]
8 FRMD[7]
A13 VSS2
FRMA[13] 6 51
A12 DQ15/A-1
FRMA[12] 7 50 FRMD[7]
A11 DQ7
FRMA[11]
RA413
8 49
A10 DQ14
47k
FRMA[10] FRMD[6]
RA414
9 48
A9 DQ6
47k
FRMA[9] 10 47
A8 DQ13
FRMA[20] FRMD[5] +3.3V
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
11 46
A19 DQ5
FRMA[21] 12 45
1:3C A20 DQ12
13 44 FRMD[4]
NFRWE *W DQ4
14 43
XSYSRST *RP VCC2
FRMA[22] 15 42
1:2F;1:5C;3:2E A21 DQ11
16 41 FRMD[3]
C471 Z0.1u
J27p
VPP/*WP DQ3
E FRMA[19]
17
18
R/*B DQ10 40
FRMD[2]
A18 DQ2 39
FRMA[18] 19 38
C470
A17 DQ9
FRMA[8] 20 37 FRMD[1]
A7 DQ1
FRMA[7] 21 36
A6 DQ8
FRMA[6] 22 35 FRMD[0]
A5 DQ0
FRMA[5] 23 34
A4 *G
FRMA[4] 24 33
A3 VSS1
FRMA[3] 25 32
A2 *E
FRMA[2] 26 31
A1 A0
27 30
NC3 NC5
28 29
NC4 VCC1
FRMA[1]
1:3A
FRMA[0-23]
1:3C
NFRCE
1:3C
NFROE
252
F
E
B
A
D
C
CN750
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
330
C750
R760
C803
J100p
5
E
Z0.1u/50V
R804 F9.09k 1 16
RT REG
C Q801
2
B
C755 K0.1u 15
CS DT1
C813 3 14
C754 K0.1u DT2 REF
EL
K0.33u(1608)
Q800
R802
R805
E
C
4 13
F10k 1%
IN2+ IN1-
R815
C810 R803
F10k 1%
C769 10u/6.3V 100k 5 12
IN2- FB1
B
C814
IC800
R818 6 11 F4.7k
FB2 SEL1 K0.01u(1608)
ET
K0.1u F4.7k C812 7 10
GND OUT1
R801
K0.01u(1608)
1
2
2
1
22k
8 9
R808
R809 R807 OUT2 VCC
L.F
L.F
L753
180 C801
+24VIN
4.7k(3216)
L752
R812 C809
F1k 1% R800
F2.2k K0.047u
RO
F22k 1%
R750 F49.9
4
4
3
Z0.1u/50V
R813 C811
F2k 1%
R817
R751 F49.9 C806
+24VIN
Z0.1u/50V
F1k K0.47u(1608)
C767 R752 F49.9
K0.1u C804
PA
F800
R753 F49.9 10u 35
3A
C768 C758 Z0.1u
N
6
K0.1u C805
10u 35 C807
+3.3V
C752
470(3216)
R820
+24V
6.3V/47u/105
L750
Z0.1u/50V
R819
+
470(3216)
R826 R825
Z0.1u C751 1k(3216) 1k(3216) C808
AS
Z0.1u/50V
J15p
D10p
C756
C757
Q804
C759
Q805
X750
10u/6.3V D806 D805
SI
25MHz K0.01u C760
Q807
Q806
C820 C819
253
ST
33 C761
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Z1u/50V Z1u/50V
R754
F6.49k
NC
XO
( )
TX-
RX-
C770 J100p
R822
TX+
R821
RX+
GND1
R759 10k 47k 47k
IC750
EN
VDDPLL_1.8
VDDA_3.3
9 XI/REFCLK *RST 32
3
2
1
3
2
1
10 REXT LED1/SPEED Act

31 R755 220
G
LED0/NWAYEN
G
D2
D1
RA750 11 MDIO GND2 30 K A

D2
D1
+3.3V
RXD[3] 1 8 12 MDC CRS/CONFIG1 29 LED750
Q802
COL/CONFIG0
Q803
RXD[2] 2 7 13 RXD3/PHYAD0 28
25MHz
D3
D4
7
S
D3
D4
CI
RXD[1] 3 6 14 RXD2/PHYAD1 TXD3 27
4
5
6
TXD2
4
5
6
RXD1/RXD1/PHYAD2
RXD[0] 4
33
5 15
16 RXD0/RXD0/DUPLEX TXD1/TXD1
26
25
A
D803 D800
RXDV/CRSDV/CONFIG2
RXC
*INT
TXC
TXEN/TX_EN
TXD0/TXD0
RXER/RX_ER/ISO
C753
VDDIO_3.3 17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
22u
22u
L801
TE
Z0.1u
C800
C817 100u 6.3
+
+3.3V
+ +
6.3V/47u/105 100u 6.3
C762 C802
CN
C818 K1u(2125)
K1u(2125)
4
33 3
RA752 2
1
4
33 3
RA751 2
1
+3.3V
+1.2V
D804 D801
IC
33
33
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
CL801
CL800
CL804
CL803
4
3
2
1
C763 J22p
C764 J22p
33
C765 J22p
A
RA753
6
7
8
R765
R764
C766 J22p
TXD[0]
TXD[1]
TXD[2]
8
1:4B
1:4C
1:4C
1:4B
1:4B
1:4B
1:4C
1:4B
1:4B
LT
TXD[3] 1:4B
1:4B
1:4B
1:1E
MDC
MDIO
DA
COL
CRS
MGINT
TX_EN
RX_DV
RX_ER
RXD[0-3]
TX_CLKI
RX_CLKI
TXD[0-3]
XLANRST
2/2
2-2

KX-MB2030BRW
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
1 2 3 4 5
LT
+3.3V +3.3V
TO OPE 1/2
CN500 +5VD
R567
R564
F18k
CN511
10k
+5VD
AP1 C504 AP1
R518
4.7k
Z0.1u
5V 1 THRM 1
R562 1k 1:1E
3-1
A
THRMSTR0
A GND 2
KSTART 2 R563 100 1:3E
KSTART
XHSYNC 3 1:3F
NHSYNC KTXD 3 R559 100 1:3E
180 R511 L500 KTXD
IC
XVIDEO 4 1:3D
NVIDEO KSCLK 4 J180p R560 180 1:3E
KSCLK
C5 06
R501
D1 0p
100 15BD471
XLDEN 5 1:1E
NLDEN OPERST 5
C557 R561 1k 1:3E
100 R502 OPERST
XAPC 6 1:1E C555 +5VD
K1000p
NAPC GND 6
C548
GND 7
CN
5V 7 Z0.1u
BUZZER(NC) 8
XVIDEO
XLDEN 388Ps
TO LASER XAPC
TE
+24V +3.3V
XHSYNC
+24V +3.3V R514 F150k
R529
10k
R508
D R532 IC504
1k
3 R530 1:1D
R504
Q510 FANON1
47k
CN501 C501 G 10k Q512 +

S 1 1k
A
Z0.1u/50V 1:3E R525
AP1 2
NREADY - +24V
R513
C Q503 39(1/2W)
POLCLK 1
C502
10k
K1u
B 1:3D R568
B 2
Z0.1u/50V
POLCLK
CI
XREADY TO FAN 39(1/2W) 8
C518
3 E C Q505 VCC
POLON R505 GND
B 1:3D FANON
4 POLON 3 +3.3V IC504 4
J100p
GND F150k
C514
R507
F22k
5 E DET
35V/220u
2
C515
EN
24V
+
GND 1
R521
56k
TO POLYGON POLCLK AP1 R531 1:3E
( 3.86kHz) FANDET1
CN506 5.6k
K1000p
+3.3V
XREADY
C517
ST
POLON
R503 F6.2k
CN502 +24V
R578 3.3k
R582 22k
R587 22k
R523 56k
R569 56k
R506 22k
AP1 SENSOR
24V 1
L502 Transit
2 +3.3V
SI R583 5.6k 1:3E
24V REG 10 REGIST
3 R585 5.6k 1:3F
PG PTOP 9 PSTART
R512
4 R527 5.6k 1:3E

56k
AS
PG TNR 8 TNR
5 R515 1:1D R580 5.6k 1:3E
LD MMB PICK 7 PICK
6 C B 1k 1:1D R570 5.6k 1:3F
SS MMXA FANDET2
C CLK
7 E
Q502 C
B 1:1D
FANDET 6
+3.3V R509 1k 1:1E;2E
THRMSTR1
MMA FANON 5
8 R510 5.6k 1:3E
BRAKE E GND 4 POUT
C569 K0.047u
C508 K0.047u
C565 K0.047u
Q525 C Q526
C516 K1000p
C563 K1000p
C559 K1000p
C507 K1000p
N
B 1:1D THRM1 3
MMXB
K0.1u
C510
E LED 2
TO DC
PA
POUT 1
MOTOR AP1
LD CN508
+3.3V
SS
RO
CLK +3.3V
R555
4.7k
+24V +7V
BRAKE
R522 10k R524 4.7k
R552 1:6B
Q518 NCCDON
+5VD
Z0.1u 1.2(1608)
1k
R548
24V IC501
Z0.1u/50V
B0ACEL000004
8
35V/220u
C513 Z1u(1608)
C505
C503
24V
6.3V /100u/105
CONTROL 1
16V/22u/105
5
ET
+
7 VIN
K0.01u
D504
24V
C546
C550
C549
C552
+
+
6 GND 2 CN510
PG
AK
PG
5
4 NC 3 AP1 IC503
4 +7V VOUT
D DG SIG 1 20
VINP AGND2 1
EL
10u/6.3V
3
C5 36
K0. 1u
7V DG 2 19
VRLC/VB DVDD1 2 (1)
K0.01u
C512
2
C5 40
C5 44
K0. 1u
K0.1u
+3.3V 3 18
VSMP 3
C542
HTRCTL 1 VRX (2)

C545
VREF 4 17
MCLK 4
K1u
AP1 VRT (3)

DG 5 16
VRB DGND 5 (4)
CN504 +5VA_C
K0.1u
SI 6
C543
15
AGND1 SEN 6 (5)
C537
Q500 R576 1:1E DG 7 14
AVDD DVDD2 7 (6)
K0.1u
TO SMPS HTRCTL CLK 8 13
SDI 8
3
4.7k 1:1E;5C OP3/SDO (7)

DA500
+3.3V THRMSTR1 VLED 9 12

OP2 SCK 9 (8)
AFEADC[3]
AFEADC[2]
AFEADC[1]
AFEADC[0]
+3.3V
1
2
R535 LED_G 10 11
OP1 OP0 10
IC504
R577
1k
C Q528 6 LED_R 11
F6.2k
R584
47k -
B 7 R579
Q527
+1.2V
5 470 LED_B 12 Q517
(9)
+
E C R550
CISHOME 13 B
C571
R581
F470
K1u
R586 C Q514
1.2k
K1000p
K1000p
K1000p
( ) E B (10)
39(1608)
J100p
NC
TO FLAT C Q516
R554
R556
1.2k
R594 R544 E
18(1608)
Q530 B
R543
BED & ADF

R542
1.2k
150k 1.2k
E
C556
C554
C553
C551
Z0.1u
R595
33(1608)
C572
( )
R546
NC
1.2k
R549
E
R596 1:2F;1:5C;2:2E (11)
Q529 XSYSRST
L501 R558
(12)
4.7k
+24V (13)
47
R547
470
24V
8
- L503 R553 FLT500
7 18PG181 C 3 1
GND
B 1:3D CHG +3.3V
(14)
82
J100p
6 +3.3V
R571
C547
C
560
CHG BE Q506 1:3D 4 2

5 DEV
C
DEV
R588
BE Q504
56k
4 1:3D TRS
TRS
R517
R519
3.3k
4.7k
3 E Q501 R589
HVERR R520 (15)
1k 1:3D
2
1.32ms 5.6k
K1000p
HVERR
C568
CVR 1 1:3F TOPCVR

F
K1000p
C
C511
AP1 B
CN505 82k R516 E SI
Q507
TO HVPS CLK
4.46MHZ
254
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
5 6 7 8 9
LT
2/2
A
3-2
A
IC
+24V
Z0.1u/50V
35V/47u
TO FBM
CN
C524
C525
+
CRM0 1:1D;6B 25
CRM2 1:1D;6C 24 I01 PHA1 1 CN509
CRM3 1:1D;6C 23 I11 PGND 2
22 3
AP1
VREF VM1
21 CR1 OUT1A 4 1 CR_A
+3.3V
K1000p
20 5
R545
C520
PS RNF1 2
12k
19 6 CR_XA
TE
GND FIN OUT1B
18 7 3
NC3 OUT2B CR_XB
F1.0k
R533
R534 17 TEST RNF2 8 4
16 9 CR_B
C526 K1000p
C527 K1000p
C528 K1000p
C529 K1000p
47k R551 CR2 OUT2A
K1000p
15 10
R566
C522
NC2 VM2
12k
Q521
R540
270k Q522 14 11
220
R536 F0.39(3216)
R537 F0.39(3216)
D I12 NC1
G 13 I02 PHA2 12
1:1E
K0.1u
C509
PWD R557
A
R539
R538 S
10k
1k 270k IC502
B
CI
R565
1:1E 10k
CRMEN
CRM5 1:1E;6C
CRM4 1:1D;6C
1:1D;6C
EN
CRM1
1:1D;6A 25
TO ADFM
CRM0
ST
CRM2 1:1D;6A 24 I01 PHA1
1 CN701
1:1D;6A 23 2
CRM3 I11 PGND AP1
22 3
VREF VM1
21 4 1 A
CR1 OUT1A
K1000p
20 5
R700
2
C702
PS RNF1
12k
19 6 XA
SI 18
GND
NC3
FIN OUT1B
OUT2B
7 3
XB
17 8 4
TEST RNF2 B
Q700 16 9
C709 K1000p
C710 K1000p
C711 K1000p
C712 K1000p
R701 CR2 OUT2A
K1000p
15 10
C703
R710
AS
NC2 VM2
12k
270k 14 11
R708 F0.33(3216)
R707 F0.33(3216)
I12 NC1
13 12
I02 PHA2
R702
C 270k IC700
N
ADFMEN R711 10k

1:1E
CRM5 1:1E;6B
CRM4 1:1D;6B
PA
CRM1 1:1D;6B
TO ADF SENSOR
+3.3V
RO
CN700
R705 56k
R706 56k
R709
2.2
AP1
R703 1 3.3V
1:3E 5.6k 2 RPS
RPS
+3.3V +5VA_C +5VD 1:3E 3 DOCU
DOCU
ET
R704 4 GND
K1000p C701
K1000p C704
+5VD L504 5.6k
10u/6.3V
10u/6.3V
10u/6.3V
C538
C531
C530
D
K0.1u
C534
EL
(1)
1:6A
(2)
+3.3V 1:6A
AFEVSMP ADF MODEL ONLY
(3) AFEMCLK
C533
(4)
K0.1u 1:6B
(5) AFESIFEN
(6)
(7) 1:6B
AFESIFDOUT
(8) 1:6B
AFESIFCLK +24V PICK-UP
SOLENOID
R526
10k
R528 E CN507
1:6B B
(9) AFEADC[0-3] Q511 C
Q509
AP1
1:3D 3.3k(2125) C
B 1
R541 SNPICK 1
D501
K
1:6B PICK
(10) LEDONG E 2
1.2k
A
PG
E
(11) 1:6B
LEDONR
1:6B +24V
(12) LEDONB
(13) 1:6A
CCDSH REGISTER
SOLENOID
R573
10k
R574 CN514
Q524 C 8.2k(2125) AP1
1:6A 1:3D B Q523
(14) CCDCLK SNREG 1 REG
K
D503
E 2
A
PG
1:3F
(15) CISHOME
255
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
1 2 3 4 5
LT
1/2
A
A
IC
4-1
CN
HS-RX FAX-RX
TE
R114
(1)
F536(3216)
73.2(1/2W)
R115
C106 R104
50V/1u 1.07k(1/2W)
A
1:1D;1:4A
RING
1:4A
DP (2)
B +3.3VA1
CI
IC100 IC101 Q102
1:4B;1E 1 16 1 R111 B C
AFECLK MCLK *OFHK +3.3VA1 QE DCT2 16
C123
1:4B 2 *FSYNC 15 2 150
NC
IGND 15 R108 E
( )
ASPCLK *RGDT/FSD/M1 DCT
1:4B 3 14 3 3.65k(1/2W)
DCT3 14
EN
ABITCLK SCLK M0 RX
4 13 4
VD VA ! IB QB 13 (3)
1:4B 5 12 R101 R136 C104 5
ARXD SDO GND C1B QE2 12 (4)
1:4A 6 11 56(1608) 33p/250V 6
ATXD SDI AOUT/*INT C2B SC 11
+3.3VA1
R119
7 10 7
47k
FC/*RGDT C1A ! VREG VREG2 10 (5)

8 9 R102 R137 C105 8
ST
*RESET C2A RNG1 RNG2 9
R130
( )
C100 K0.1u
33p/250V
NC
56(1608)
DG C111
AFERST
1:4A;1E
C102
K0.1u !
R103
F1M
C107
K0.1u
C108
K0.1u
R105
0
HS-TX K2700p
FAX-TX
K0.01u
C120
C121
(6)
SI 10p/250V
C122 R109 (7)
1:4B DG ( ) ( )
AINT DG
NC NC
R106 R112
(8)
AS
C DG 5.1M(2125) 15M
C110 120p
R110
( )
NC
R107 R113
(9)
I +3.3VA1
N
+5VD +5VA +3.3V 5.1M(2125) 15M
L200 L227 C109 120p

C L230 0(1608)
VREF
0(1608)
PA R200
150k
+3.3V +3.3VA2
3 L229
6.3V/100u
L202 +3.3V
K0.1u
R201
C200
C201
150k
0(1608)
R257
( )
NC
RO
DG DG2 R219
0 DG
HSSPMUTE
1:1D
(
Q201
)
1k R224 10k
(10)
NC C216 IC203
1 (11)
D CD VO2 8
ET
DG K1u
2 (12)
FC2 GND 7
C217
3
FC1 VCC 6 (13)
K1u 4
VIN VO1 5 (14)
DG
EL
R223
C206
C202 R206
0 27k
K0.1u 1k
+5VA
R207
( )
NC
1:1E;3:4A L212 C221

DAOUT
R208 L204
K1800p
+3.3VA2
IC200 DG
100
L208
1 16 R214
SPKRR SPKRL L209
2 15 0
MBIAS LINEO
K0.1u
K0.1u
C210
C208
6.3V/330u
3 14
HDST GND
Z0.1u
C207
C209
1:4A 4 13
(15)
BTXD SDI VA C213
BRXD
1:4A 5
SDO VD
12 DG DG IC202 C222
( )
K1000p 1 8
L203
1:4B 6 11 AOUT V+ NC
BSPCLK *FSYNC LINEI R217 R220
1:4B;1B DG 2 A-IN BOUT 7
7 10
AFECLK MCLK MIC
E 180k 6 220k L213
K0.1u C245
3 A+IN
BBITCLK
1:4B 8
SCLK *RESET
9
C203 K0.022u R210 8.2k R253 C247 L210 L211
B-IN
C218
(16)
4 V- 5
R244
B+IN
47k
8.2k K0.022u J68p L214

C205 K0.1u R212 22k (17)
+3.3VA2 DG R221
DG C204 K0.047u R211 8.2k R259 C250 C214
DG DG 220k
( ) C219
6.8k K0.022u
R245
VREF
3.3k
NC
R254 1M
Q200 J68p
1:4A;1C R222 L215
AFERST 1:3E
CNGMUTE
K0.01u
C244
180k
C220
K1000p
HS TX: DG DG
R260 1M
Q203
1:1D
HSSPMUTE2
HS RX:
F
MONITOR_RX: DG
CID
TONE
FAX-TX,RX:
HS-TX,RX:
MONITOR_RX:
256
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
LT
5 6 7 8
1/2
A
+5VD
IC
0(3216)
R126
!
RLY100
4-2
CN
2 3
J100p
K
C101
D100
A
4
Q100 1 5
1:3D
EXTRLY
TE
MONITOR-RX
DG D103 1mH
Q104 R135 F100
L100 L111 L106
E
(1) 1 2 8
J
470p/250V
Q103 1
B
470p/250V C115
C 4 3 1 L107 2
B 2
K0.01u
ZNR100
R117
C125
100k
A
3
( )
SA100
C113
NC
E 4
250V 5
C114
(2) 0.01u/250V
! 4 3 ! 6
B Q106
CI
R116
E
C
POS100
R129 L101 L105 7
2.49k(1/2W)
1mH CN100
12(1W)
B
SA102
SA101
L110
C112 ! !
R134
EN
K0.01u R125
12(1W)
( )
(3) R118 NC
(4) R120 NC
D102
100k ( )
Q105
B C
(5) 1 5
ST
R133 8
C126
E 4 R122
NC
R132
( )
J NC 1
( )
NC 2
2 3 ( )
3
RLY101 4
NC 5
(6)
SI L102
R124 22
6
120k(1/2W)
SD
(7)
R123
7
CN101
AS
L108 +5VD L103
(8)
C 3 1
D106 2 NC
R128
( )
NC
C119
K AA K
D104 D105 1u/250V
( )
L109
R131 NC
N
(9)
K
D101
C103
( )
NC
( )
NC
Q101
1:1E
PA
NC
CIDRLY
( ) +5VA
+5VA
10(3216)
R240
+3.3V
10(3216)
DG
L217 R225
RO
R258
( )
NC
L226
R255
R236
NC
R256
1k
)
( )
Q202 R238 10k

NC
(10) 1:1E
( )
(
SPMUTE
R241
R226
150k
150k
C246 NC C232 IC204

ET
L232 R228 1 R250 0

D (11) 8
C242
CD VO2
NC
( )
68 DG K1u R251 0
(12) 16V/22u 2
FC2 GND
7
8
HSSP+
L233 R229 C233
C248 ( ) NC
C249 ( ) NC
3 6
(13) ( ) ( ) FC1 VCC 7
HSSP-
R242
120k
DG NC NC K1u 4 5 MIC+
(14) VIN VO1 6
6.3V/100u
6.3V/100u
EL
MIC-
R227
DG
L225
120k
C236
C224
R237 5
HOOK
4
12k GND NC
R235 C231 C234 3
L220 SP-
DG DG DG DG DG 2 SP- 2
10k K0.022u K3900p SP+
+5VA 1 SP+ 1
+3.3V CN200 CN201
L218
R239
4.7k
R232
1:3D
680
HOOK
(15) R252
K1000p
C243
5.6k
16V/47u
C229
R233
1.8k
DG
E (16)
C226 R230 DG
DG2
K0.01u
L223
C228
K5600p 47k
C227 R231 L221
(17) L224
K5600p 47k
R234
1.8k
L222
L219
D200
1 3
2( )
NC
DG
C230
K1u HS TX:
DG
HS RX:
F
MONITOR_RX:
CID
TONE
FAX-TX,RX:
HS-TX,RX:
MONITOR_RX:
257
KX-MB2030BRW
R20 180
R21 180
R22 180
R23 180
R24 180
R25 180
R26 180
R27 180
8 7 9 S2 S4 RESOLUTION CN2
+5VD
KSL0
EL
SW32 SW27 SW1 SW13 SW19 SW25 SW11 AP1
1 THRM
R11 100 2 KSTART
R12 100
16.3. Operation Board
3 KTXD
ET
0 * # MONITOR FLASH CONTRAST +5VD
R13 100 4 KSCLK
KSL1 R18 1k
SW34 SW29 SW4 SW15 SW14 SW33 SW2 R14 3.3k 5 OPERST
6 GND
12k
K390p
J100p
J100p
RO
NC
NC
J100p 7 5V
( )
( )
( )
TH1
Z0.1u
Z0.1u
2 1 MENU 3 REDIAL S1 COLLATE 8 BUZZER
C4
C6
C7
C8
K1000p
C12
C13
C14
C17
6.3V/100u
C18
Z0.1u
R15
C15 NC
KSL2
C1
C2
SW36 SW31 SW12 SW17 SW28 SW18 SW20
PA
TO Main
N DG DG DG DG
DG
+5VD
STOP START N in 1 COPY S3 ZOOM
KSL3 SW8 SW21 SW3 SW6 SW24 SW5 SW23 SW10

NC
( )
R16
BZ1
AS
1
2
D1
( )
NC
NC
( )
C16
5 4 SET 6 FAX SCAN AUTO ANSWER

NC
258
KSL4 R5
SI
SW35 SW30 SW37 SW16 SW22 SW7 SW26 R17 C23
Q1
12k ( ) ( )
NC ( ) NC NC
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
ST
DG
NC
( )
R19
D2
NC
( )
KIN0
KSL1
KSL0
LED5
LED4
LED3
LED2
VSS2
VDD2
START
LATCH
KIN 0 KIN 1 KIN 2 KIN 3 KIN 4 KIN 5 KIN 6 KIN 7

1 33
KSL2 TXD
2 32 DG DG
LED6 RXD
EN
3 31
KIN1 SCLK
4 30 For MB2000/2010 only
LED7/KSL4 RESET
5 29
XLED8 D7(DIO)/IP
6 28 10 DB7
XLED9 IC1 D6(CLK)/IP
7 27
KIN2 D5(CSB)/IP 9 DB6
CI
8 26
KIN3 D4(STBB)/IP
9 25 8 DB5
10
XLED10
KSL3
E(RESB)
RWB(RWB)/IP
24
23
A 7 DB4
11
KIN4 RS(A0)/IP
6 E
CN1
+5VD 5 R/W
KIN5
KIN6
KIN7
XLED12
XLED11
VDD1
VSS1
XLED13
XLED14
XLED15
LED1/IPENB
AUTO ANSWER 4 RS
TE
C22
C21
C20
LED1 R1 390
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
K1500p
K1500p
K2700p
3 V0
2 VDD
SCAN
LED2 R2 240 1 VSS
CN
+5VD
R28 0
+5VD R8 DG
TO COB
COPY
LED3 R3 240 4.7
IC
R9
NC
( )
R6 1k
FAX ON
A
Z0.1u
LED4 R4 240
( )
R7 1k
C5 NC
C3
C11 Z0.1u
C10 Z0.1u
R10 47
LT
DG DG DG
DA
KX-MB2030BRW OPERATION BOARD
M
M
KX-MB2030BRW
16.4. Sensor Board
DA
LT
TNR
PNLP2209RU-A
A
4 GND
3 POUT
Varistor
IC
LED
2 PNLP2209RU-E CIS Home
1 THRM1 PNLP2209RU-J
CN64
POUT 1 CN65
CN
ZNR50
LED 2
J59
CN69
THRM1 3 CISHOME 1
GND 4 2
GND
J51
J52
FANON 5 3
FANON FG_DEV FG_EARTH LED
TE
5
FANDET 6
1
FANDET
7 4
PICK
PS55
GND (to FB RELAY)
3
TNR 8 PICK
PTOP 9
2 FB
1 GND PNLP2209RU-F
REG 10
3
CN67
C60 K1000p
CI
IC51 J53
CN59
3 VOUT 1
C57 Z0.1u
VDD SIG 1 CN61 1 SIG Antenna1

2 L54 PNLP2209-K
EN
VSS DG C64 CN61 2 DG
2 3 Z0.1u
+3.3V CN61 3 +3.3V
GND 4 ANT(+)
4 VREF CN61 4 VREF 4.0mm X 30mm
Z0.1u
R55
C65
PTOP 5
3 DG CN61 5 CNT
REG 6 4.7k
ST
2 SI CN61 6 SI
LED 7
1 DG CN61 7 DG
J58
8 Antenna2
CN66 CLK CN61 8 CLK PNLP2209RUZA-L
9
VLED CN61 9 VLED
SI G
10
CN61 10 G ANT(-)
11 4.0mm X 30mm
R CN61 11 R
12
B CN61 12
AS
Fuser B
C62 NC
C63 NC
13
( )
( )
PNLP2209RU-B CISHOME
J54 CN68
1 MB2050 only
J62
CN53 2
N
R56 3
THRM1 1 R54
180 PS50 470
LED 2
PA
POUT 3 3 1
CN60 CN62
K1000p
C61
GND 4
4 2 A 1 1 A
B 2 2 B
XA 3 3 XA
RO
CN52 XB 4 4 XB
THRM 1
- 2
ADF
GND 3
PNLP2209RU-G
ET
CN56
PICKUP & FAN2 3.3V 1
EL
PNLP2209RU-C RPS 2
R53
R52
DOCU 3
180
180
GND 4
AP1
J57
CN51 NC PS54 PS53
DG 1 SW50 4 1 4 1
4 1
K1000p
K1000p
C56
C55
PICK 2 3 2 CN63
3 2 3 2
PG 3 1 GND
FANDET2 4 2 DET
J55
J56
FANON2 5 J50 3 ON
REGIST & PTOP HS & SP

PNLP2209RUZA-D PNLP2209RU-H
CN50
LED 1 NC
REG 2 CN54 CN58 CN57
R50
R51
1 SP+
180
180
PTOP 3 1 SP+ 1
NC
GND 4 2 SP- 2 2 SP- 7
J61
3 6
GND HSSP-
PS52 PS51 4 5
HSSP+
HOOK J60 4
3 1 3 1 5 GND
MIC- L52 3
K1000p
HSMIC-
K1000p
C50
C51
6 2
MIC+ L53 HOOK
C54 NC
4 2 4 2 1 NC
7 HSMIC+
( )
HSSP- L50 0
8 NC( )C53 NC
HSSP+ L51 0 8
CN55
KX-MB2030BRW SENSOR BOARD
259
M
KX-MB2030BRW
16.5. High Voltage Power Supply Board
DA
CN1
T1(B1)
LT
SW1 F1 10 C13 C15
+24V 8
34KHz 5
D20
D17
D19
D18
C12
TOP CVR Approx.46V
R1
1 D3 2 7
Q3 C14 J111 C15
CHG REM CHG
A
1
4 9 2
R28
5 0 R95 JUMPER 10mm
R13 C5 D5 R18
@value
R25 J112 J109
R15
R16
R5
R3
IC
3
NC 7 3 8 DEV J110
D1
C1
JUMPER 10mm
R85 R84 R83 R82 R81

R6
CN
L:ON
3 4 1
H:OFF 1
R89 R88 R87 R86

2
D10
C3
D7
11 IC1
C7
D12
C11
TE
R9
D9
D2
R7
GND
D13
D8
blue
D14
6
D4
C2
D15
Grid C9
A
VR1 R4 R11 R12 R14
C10
R20
D6
C8
R29
D16
J104
R27
CI
C4 J103 D11
ALM
R23 R24
EN
Q1 R10 R17 12
R45 R44
2 14
13 R26
IC1
D21
R8
H:Normal
L:Abnormal
ST
R55 R47 R46

SI
AS
N
D31 R50
R31
R48
PA
R37 R40 C32

R34
5 R42 Q32
6
R49
7
H:OFF
RO
IC1
R32
R41
PWM Control
R43
C86
DEV CLK
D77
R35 R36
4
R58 R56 R54

ET
C31
Freq:5.425KHz
5.6V
EL
0 T61(B61)
C68
TRA+/-
D80
5 8
60KHz
D79
D78
JUMPER 10mm
Approx.50V 7 J107
R71 C62 D61 2
C69 1 J108
9
C67
R75
2 JUMPER 10mm
R72 0 4
Q62
R74 3
R101
3
R64
10 10
8
9
R102
IC1 6
H:OFF
R108 R107 R106
R103
PWM Control 1
R70
R104
TRA CLK
C64
R65 R66
D66
3
R105
C61
D67
Freq:5.425KHz
5.6V
D63
C66
R67 R68
0
D65 D68 D69 D70 D71 D72 D73
OPC
J5
J6
KX-MB2030BRW HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD
260
Approx. 170V
Approx. 330V
0V
0V Approx. -170V
!
F1 ! F2
EL
D1 !
ET
SCR51
Approx.
RO
7.1V
Approx. 25V
0V 0V
PA
!
N Approx. -50V F101
Approx.
170V
0V
AS
D104
!
Q1
SI
16.6. Low Voltage Power Supply Board
261
ST
EN
D503
CI
! A
C5
Approx. 8V
TE
0V
Approx. -14V
CN
IC
A
Approx. Approx. Approx. 14V
Approx. 1.2V
6.1V
0.8V 0V
LT
0V Approx. -10V
0V 0V
KX-MB2030BRW LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD
DA
M
KX-MB2030BRW
Memo
KX-MB2030BRW
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
262
SI
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
KX-MB2030BRW
KX-MB2030BRW MAIN BOARD COMPONENT VIEW

Q512 L215
R508
M
C645
A
Q506 C681 C807
(REG SOL) D503 +24V R513
R222
C220
C806
D800
C808
C219
L209
L211
B
C804
C805
R529
R532
C518
8
L503 C501 C503

8
R397 C673 C671 L502 R221

C651
1
C655
S C683 (SMPS)
F800
Q510
3 1
R573
3.0A
L208 C214 R217

DA
CN514
E
C525 D803 R396
R235
L220 C231
Q523 C213
C505
D501
Q802 E E L210
C662
2
3 1
R514
R206
C202
C524 R574 4 (POLY) C672 C206
Q501 Q504
C650
CN504
A
BLUE
CN501 R207 L224
L229
E Q524 Q803 E (HVPS) R526
4
LT
8
L800
C529 CN505 R568 L222

Q509
E
C667
4
1 Q511 R528
L223
R551
CN509
R505
C528 E
(FBM)
R557
C229
R512
R515
L221
C661
L801
Q526 Q525 Q502 C510
C527 R519 R525

1
R565
C647 R228
Q522 E
(HANDSET)
C526 CN502 R520 E
CN200
C511 L230
1
C800
R711 R701
R702
2
A E R516 CN506
1
C246
C665 C515
(PICK SOL)
C200
C509 Q700
+3.3V
R200
Q507 E (FAN)
CN507
CN201
C817 E E R201
4
C802
(SP)
10
E
IC C712
B
C201
Q505
Q503
R517
3
R540
R533
R534
+1.2V
(ADFM)
L200
CN701
C711
D801
E C818
1
C678
C710 C504 4
C666
R504
1
R539
C697 5
C209
C679
CN
S
IC202
RA414
D804
C709
(SEN RELAY)
7
R538
(DC MOTOR) R225

R709
C224
1
8 Q521
C674 C689
CN508
C242
R548
C552
+7V 8
PNLB1142Z -LV 1
C691
C670 C685
R255 R251
R256 R250
C654
13
(LASER)
TE R705
R547 R571
L501 C547
R558 R553
A
16
CN500
CN700
RESET
R369 RA413
BLUE
R704
C554 PbF
C550
C210
C701
C236
FLT500 1
Q202
(OPE)
C553 R567 R706
R254
DA500 R561 R703 R214
R368
R367
C538
R560 C704 C687 RA319 RA317 RA315 IC200 L202 E

CN511
R309
R308
R375 C315 R307
C551 C557 E
1
1
11
C208
R258
DG
R236
C543
A R559 (ADF SEN)

C537
1
C556 R503 L203 Q200
(FB/ADF)
10 R563
CN510
R509
CI
C544 C548 RA320 8 C106
R386
C507
L347
L364
L363
L361
R117
R502 C652 9
C534 C533
C545 IC503 R562 R506
X302
R501 R518
L345
C540 C536 RA318 RA316 RA314 R245

C657
C125
R510
C100
R114
C542 R564 R511 C244 Q104
A25 C508 C506 +5VD
1 A2 L500 E
20 L365 B1 1 16 L227 C111
1
C659
EN R103 16
Q102
R111
C549 L366 1
C677
RA321
C123
C316
RA322
C102
R136
C546
L368 E
IC100
R115
IC101
C420 E
RA324
Q518
ST B26
R126
263
R555
R552
8 C104 Q103
R105
R401 R352
R130
R101
1
C660 C400 RA323 R353

C413 C403 C402 C414 Q100 C105
R354 C120 9
C412 C401
SI E C101 8 9 C108
Q106
RA400
IC300
R102
R137
C107
C676
C663
L359 C121
C113 R118
C112
27 1 R305 D100 E
RA402 RA401
R355 L358
R409
AS
R135
L353
AE26 L357
IC400 L354
RLY100
L100
17.1.1. Main Board: Component View
L355 L111 D103

R351 L351
RA403 R350 L349
17 Printed Circuit Board
28 54
AE1 R349 L348 L101
BOND
C405 C404 N AF25
C313
C310
ZNR100
AF2
C317 C318
R410 R384
R376
C406 X301 R131 L110 R129
L102
X303
R374
C311
C419
PA
C314
R134
C312
+3.3V/BATT R133
32.768
C696
R346 R123
C692
RA750
X300
D308
C753
RO L103
C680
C762 R343 C114
R764 L107
RA751 RA752
R335 D104
R337
R336
C119
IC750 C770
R754
C693
R765
R128
R303
D106
BAT300 16 9
C756 C757
1 Q101
C668
17
R120
C115
RA753 8
D306 6
AUTO-CH PCB-CH
ET E D105
C758
4
L750
1 C103 SA100
24
X750
3
C690
R122
17.1. Main Board
R124
C755
25 32 D101 SA102
C752 C754
EL
C751
R750
RLY101
POS100
L300
L753 C767
C695
R751 R132
R339
2 8 SA101
F100
2
R753 C675
1 4
1A
1 7 3
C698
R125
R752
C768
1
L752
5
C684
10 9 6 1 5 2
R398
J300 CN750 5 7 2 6
R760
R395 7 8 7 8
R387
C321
CN101
CN100
C750
R755 CN300
C669
6 8
LED750
+24V
5
1
R586 R821
8
C819
C513
KX-MB2030BRW
8 5
C512
5 4 R579 E E C820 R822
IC501
D504 C571
Q806
Q804
Q527 R581
IC504
1
4
Q528 R584 E E
8
D805
13
1 3 1
Q807
12
Q805
4 R530
R820
R819
R825
R524
R522
C502
R566
C522
R536
C514 R805
E
Q500
E
R507
E
D200
1
R826 D806 Q800 IC502
C814
E E
1
+7V
C809
1
S Q530
R535
C230 R576 C801
L218
Q801 R807 R808
R233
R232
R537
R595
1
1
R577 R809
R545
C520
C228
2
1
L219
1
R234
C572 Q529 8
R812
R817
C811
10
4
R802 C810
13 24
R594 R596
12
R229 R230 IC800
R803R801 R800
R813
R531
R521
R231 R582
C517
C812
R710
L232 C703
R707
3
C227 R523 R583 R815
L233
1
C207
8 5 C803 16
2
C226 R527 C565
L217
DG C813 IC700
1
8
EL
56 R804
R818
C516 R587
L214
1
7
R578 R585
R227
R226
R208 L204
R223
1
L213
IC203 R580 C569
1
R708
R700
C702
C221
+3.3V
L225 C563
1
C648
R447
4
5 R569
+1.2V
8 L212 C218
R237 C248 R224

R220 R570
8
C249
R241
ET
13
1C216 4 C222 R260 C559
C250
C470
R211 IC402
C568
E
R588
C646
R448
R449
C217 Q203
L226 R242
IC204
C234
C530
R589
C204
C203
R253
R210 R259
L504 C555 24
C531
RO
R219
1 4 E C205
R238
R257
1
R550
1
R554
C471
29
R240
C247
R212
28
Q517
17.1.2. Main Board: Bottom View
R239
Q201
E
C232
C233
+5VD
R556
C664
C245
M-TCK M-TRSTN
PA
M-TDI M-TMS M-TDO
R306
R546
Q516
R244 N E
C688
C699
R549
L367
L369
L370
L371
D102
C656
R108
R116
C301
R541 R544
L344
L346
R542
Q514
C304
EYEDAT EYECLK R380
R104
C359 C358 E
C353
C126 C300 C332 C331 C330
R543
R304
C122
1
AS
C-CTS C-RTS
C328
R107
C649
C-TXD C-RXD
RA404
C351
Q105
UARTRX R400
C334 C329
E
C357
R399 UARTTX R407
264
R109 R406
C421
C422
R405
C352
SI
C423
C363
R112 C360
R110
R113
C110 R302 R403
R252
R404
R106
C109
L109
R361 R360
R365 R364
R363 R362
ST
R402
C361 C333
C354
L108
R408
R316 C243
R315
C364
C398
C335
R345
C338 C339 C355

C336
L105 L106 L352

R119 L350 C337 C362 R393
R385
PbF
EN PNLB1142Z -LV
L356
C308
C305 R372 C327

R378
R381
C682
R373
RA405 RA406
C425
C306
R382
R338
C424
+3.3V/BATT
C429
TP-CHKSEL
C653 R391 4 +1.2V/BATT
CI
5
R390
C325
C319
A
C326
R347
1
C426
C428
3 RESET R388
IC301 C322 DA300
1 R389
R344 IC303
TCK TMS TRSTN R342
TDO TDI R394
TE
R340
C765
C427
C760
R348
C764 C766
C763
R759
C761
C759
R341
CN
C769 I
+3.3V DG 8 2
C658
CA
7 1
1 5 1 5 1 2
2 6 2 6 4 3 9 10
8 7 8 7 7 5
LT
8 6
A
DA
KX-MB2030BRW MAIN BOARD BOTTOM VIEW

M
KX-MB2030BRW
M
DA
LT
A
KX-MB2030BRW OPERATION BOARD

IC
R18
C6
C7
C8
34 R5 R12
R13
R14
Q1
10 1
R17
TH1
C13
C1 C4
D1
R11
C23
CN
C12
C15
E
C16
R15
33
R2
44 C2
1
C20
R6 C22
D2
C11
R16
R20
23
C10
R7 C21
R19
C14
R8
TE
R28
IC1
R9
PNLB1143Z -AU
R10
R21
C18
C3 22
1
R22
R23
C5
12
11
8
A
R3
CI
R27
R24
R25
R26
R4
EN
R1
A
ST
265
S1 SW18
LED2
SI 1 10
J31
SW31 SW36 SW17
J32
1 10
AS
J23 SW7 Menu
BZ1 CN1
1 2 3 SW8
J25
1
Scan
S2 SW19 SW12
J19 Stop
J20
J11
J13
CN2
PbF
J22
SW30 SW35 SW16
J27
J17
J14
LED3 N PNLB1143Z -AU
C17
4 5 6
SW23
PA
8
S3 SW5
J28 SW3
SW20 SW2 SW11 SW10 SW24
Copy J15
J26
Set SW27 SW32 SW13

Collate Contrast Resolution Zoom Page
S4 SW25
RO Layout
J24
J21
7 8 9
17.2. Operation Board
SW21 SW37 SW4

LED4 SW6
17.2.1. Operation Board
Fax Auto SW26
J30
J18
J16 Start
Answer
LED1
SW22
Redial SW28 Flash SW33 Monitor SW14
ET SW1
SW29 SW34 SW15
J29
Fax Pause 0 # A
EL
M
KX-MB2030BRW
17.3. Sensor Board
DA
17.3.1. Toner Sensor Board
LT
10 1 1 10
CN64
A
IC
1 4
CN65
CN
4 1
PCB-CH PbF
PNLB1144Z -AU
J59
TE
IC51
C57
1
A
J58
PbF PNLB1144Z -AU
CI
94V-0
1 4 1 5
EN
5 1
CN66 CN67
TNR A 4 1 TNR A
ST
KX-MB2030BRW TONER SENSOR BOARD
SI
17.3.2. Fuser Board
AS
FUSER 94V-0
3
1
PS50
N
CN52
CN53
PbF
PCB-CH
PA
PNLB1144Z -AU
4
1
A
RO
FUSER 94V-0
1
3
R54
ET
C61
PNLB1144Z -AU
1
PbF A
EL
KX-MB2030BRW FUSER SENSOR BOARD
17.3.3. Pickup Sensor Board

94V-0
PNLB1144Z -AU A 94V-0 PbF PNLB1144Z -AU A
CN63 1 3
CN51
SW50
3
1 5
PCB-CH
1 1 5
J50 PbF PICK
PICK
KX-MB2030BRW PICK UP SENSOR BOARD
266
M
KX-MB2030BRW
17.3.4. Registration Sensor Board
DA
REG
LT
CN50
PS52
PS51
4 1
A
PCB-CH
IC
PbF
PNLB1144Z -AU
CN
94V-0 A
94V-0 REG
TE C51
C50
1 4
A
R51
R50
PbF
CI
PNLB1144Z -AU
EN
A
KX-MB2030BRW REGISTRATION SENSOR BOARD
ST
17.3.5. Varistor Sensor Board SI
PCB-CH
A
PNLB1144Z -AU
VARI
PbF
Black
PbF
94V-0
AS
N
PA
ZNR50
RO
Green
J52
J51
ET
PNLB1144Z -AU
Green
EL
94V-0
VARI
KX-MB2030BRW VARISTOR SENSOR BOARD
17.3.6. Flatbed Relay Board

A PNLB1144Z -AU A
PCB-CH PNLB1144Z -AU PbF
1 CN61 11 11 1
2 12 12 2
PbF
R55
4
C65
4
C63
C62
CN62
J62
J53
L54
J54
R56
1
1
1 13 1 3 1
4
CN60
CN59 CN68 4 1 13 1
3 1
C64
94V-0 FB FB 94V-0
KX-MB2030BRW FB RELAY BOARD
267
M
KX-MB2030BRW
17.3.7. ADF Sensor Board
DA
PNLB1144Z -AU A PNLB1144Z -AU A
C55
LT
PbF
PbF
J56
A
PS53
J57
PS54
R53
R52
IC
CN
J55
94V-0
1 4
C56
PCB-CH
TE
CN56
4 1
ADF ADF 94V-0
A
KX-MB2030BRW ADF SENSOR BOARD
CI
17.3.8. Handset Relay Board
EN
A
94V-0
HS
ST
SI 94V-0
HS 1 8 8 1
CN58
AS
C53 L51
C54 L52
L53
CN57 CN54
L50
N
1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1
J61
PA
7
PNLB1144Z -AU
6
5
7
J60
5
6
RO
CN55
PbF
PCB-CH
1
ET
PbF
8
2
1
8
PNLB1144Z -AU
A
EL
KX-MB2030BRW HANDSET SENSOR BOARD
17.3.9. CIS Home Sensor Board

CIS_HOME 94V-0 CIS_HOME
PS55
PCB-CH PbF
PNLB1144Z -AU
PNLB1144Z -AU
C60
PbF 1 3
CN69
3 1
94V-0 A A
KX-MB2030BRW CIS HOME SENSOR BOARD
268
M
KX-MB2030BRW
17.4. High Voltage Power Supply Board
DA
17.4.1. HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD: COMPONENT VIEW
LT
J110 CHG T61 (B61) TRA
R95 D77 C66
J107
J108
1 10
J109 DEV
D67
A
R28
J111
J112
CAUTION
IC
QJ005
D20
J201
R75
J2
J208
J209
D19 C86
CN
MPH7397 7 8 C68
D80
PCPH0487
C16
D18
C14 GRID
TE
J104
D78
J103
D69
C67
J205
D9
D79
C4
J211
J212
8 7
J213
C15 D1
J5
J6
D8
J210
D3
C13
5 CHG REM
D17
4 DEV CLK
3 TRA CLK
1 TOPCVR
QJ052 D6 J204
A
C12 CN1
C1
8 +24V
6 GND
2 ALM
SW1
7 NC
J206
Q62 0.8A/125V
J203
F1
CI
J207
J202
10 1
OPC 94V-0
PbF
J214
T1(B1) Q3 VR1
N0GG4E000006
EN
KX-MB2030BRW HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD (COMPONENT VIEW)
ST
17.4.2. HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD: BOTTOM VIEW SI
R26 R42
D11
R24
R23
TRA
C8 R43
J110
D67
R103
R104
R105
R44
R89 R88 R85
D13
J108
D73
AS
C66 D77 Q32 D12
R82 R84
R81
J109
DEV
R83
D68 D71
R45
J107
D16 D15 CHG

T61 (B61)
R106
D66
R46 R87
D72 R68
J112
J111
D14 R50
R48
CAUTION
R47
D20
R95
J2 R28
N
R75
R102
R86
R55
J201
D70
R49
D31 R36
D69
R107
R101
MPH7397
C16
R108
C3
D65
PA
R67 GRID D19
C14
R41
C68 J209
R14 J104 R11
C86
R12
D80
R35 R34 C10 R21
C4
D18
C15
J103
R7
IC1
C67
R66
D63 R8
C61 C62
R70 R71
J208 R17
RO
D78
J205
D79
C69
R74
C32
R40
R37 R32 R58
1TOPCVR 2ALM
C11
D4
R65
R6
Q1 R31 R20
R54 R56
C31
R10
D1 D17
Q62
D8
D61
R27 D9
C2
T1 (B1)
D3 J204
J211 J213 VR1
8+24V
7NC
6GND
5CHG REM
4DEV CLK
3TRA CLK
PbF
R15
ET
R16
J6 J5
C64
R72
SW1 CN1 C13

D6
J212
J210
J203
C12
R13
R9
C5
R4
C7
R5
R3
C1
D2
R64
J207
F1 OPC
J202
EL
Q3
J206
J214
R1
D5
R18
R25
NOGG4E000006
D7
94V-0
KX-MB2030BRW HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD (BOTTOM VIEW)
269
M
KX-MB2030BRW
17.5. Low Voltage Power Supply Board
DA
17.5.1. LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD: COMPONENT VIEW
LT
SCR51
A
D104
IC
CN
F2
C5
TE
F1
A
Q1
CI
EN
D503
ST
SI
AS
KX-MB2030BRW LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD (COMPONENT VIEW)

N
17.5.2. LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD: BOTTOM VIEW

PA
RO
ET
EL
D1
KX-MB2030BRW LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD (BOTTOM VIEW)
270
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18 Exploded View and Replacement Parts List
DA
18.1. Cabinet, Mechanical and Electrical Parts Location
LT
18.1.1. Operation Panel Section
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
271
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18.1.2. ADF Section
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
272
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18.1.3. ADF Gear Section
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
273
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18.1.4. Top Cover Section
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
274
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18.1.5. Main Cabinet Section
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
275
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18.1.6. Fuser Section
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
276
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18.1.7. Bottom Cabinet Section (1)
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
277
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18.1.8. Separation (DFP) Roller Section
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
278
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18.1.9. Side Cabinet Section
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
279
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18.1.10. Motor Section
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
280
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18.1.11. Bottom Cabinet Section (2)
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
281
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18.1.12. Output Tray Section
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
282
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18.1.13. Actual Size of Screws and Washer
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
283
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18.1.14. Accessories and Packing Materials
DA
LT
A
IC
CN
TE
A
CI
EN
ST
SI
AS
N
PA
RO
ET
EL
284
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18.2. Replacement Parts List Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
DA
No.
RTL (Retention Time Limited) 16 PNGG1058B2 GRILLE PS-HB
Notes:
18.2.1.2. ADF Section
LT
1. The "RTL" marking indicates that its Retention Time is
Limited.
When production is discontinued, this item will continue to Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
A
No.
be available only for a specific period of time. This period 30 PFKV1167Z1 COVER PS-HB
IC
of time depends on the type of item, and the local laws 31 PFKR1110Z1 GUIDE ABS-HB
governing parts and product retention. 32 PFHX2126Z PLASTIC PARTS
CN
33 PFHG1282Z RUBBER PARTS
At the end of this period, the item will no longer be avail-
34 PFDE1307Z GUIDE ABS-HB
able. 35 PFHG1284Z RUBBER PARTS
2. Important safety notice 36 PFUS1620Z COIL SPRING
TE
Components identified by mark have special character- 37 PFKR1111Z1 GUIDE ABS-HB
istics important for safety. When replacing any of these 38 PFKE1084Y1 TRAY PS-HB
39 PFHX2130Y PLASTIC PARTS
components, use only manufacture's specified parts.
A
40 PFUS1918Z COIL SPRING
3. The S mark means the part is one of some identical parts. 41 PFDG1015Y GEAR POM-HB
CI
For that reason, it may be different from the installed part. 42 XUC2FJP RETAINING RING
4. ISO code (Example : ABS-HB) of the remarks column 42 XUC2FJP GEAR POM-HB
EN
43 PFDG1559Z COIL SPRING
shows quality of the material and a flame resisting grade
44 PQUS10038Z SPACER
about plastics. 45 PFDJ1044Z ROLLER
5. RESISTORS & CAPACITORS
ST
46 PFDR1103X CONNECTOR
Unless otherwise specified; 47 PNJS041010Z LEVER POM-HB
All resistors are in ohms (Ω) k=1000Ω, M=1000kΩ 48 PFDE1306Z CASE/COVER
SI 49 PFHX1937Z COIL SPRING
All capacitors are in MICRO FARADS (µF) P=µµF 50 PFUS1824Y LEVER POM-HB
*Type & Wattage of Resistor
AS
51 PFDE1308Y TORSION SPRING
52 PFUS1629Z ROLLER
53 PFDR1062Z GEAR POM-HB
54 PFDG1415Y SPACER POM-HB
N
55 PFDJ1116Y ROLLER
PA
56 PFDR1104Y SPACER POM-HB

57 PFDJ1116Z METAL PARTS
58 PFHE1298Y GUIDE PS-HB
RO
59 PFUG1049Y ROLLER
60 PQDR9685Y SHAFT
61 PFDF1190Z COIL SPRING
62 PFUS1822Z LEVER POM-HB
ET
63 PFDE1247X ROLLER
64 PFDR1065Z GEAR POM-HB
EL
65 PFDG1413Z GEAR POM-HB

66 PFDG1417Z GEAR POM-HB
67 PFDG1416Z SPACER
68 PFDJ1044Z COIL SPRING
69 PFUS1826Z LEVER POM-HB
70 PFDE1244Z GUIDE POM-HB
71 PFHR1479Z ROLLER
72 PFDR1064Z SHAFT
18.2.1. Cabinet and Electrical Parts 73 PFDF1095Z SHAFT
74 PNDF1029Z COIL SPRING
18.2.1.1. Operation Panel Section 75 PFUS1325Z GEAR POM-HB
76 PFDG1558Z SHAFT
77 PNDF1034Z RETAINING RING
Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks 78 XUC3FJP COVER PS-HB
No. 79 PFKV1166Z1 FRAME PS-HB
1 PNBC1289Z1 PUSH BUTTON, STOP ABS-HB 80 PFUE1048Z TORSION SPRING
2 PNBC1288Z1 PUSH BUTTON, START ABS-HB 81 PFUS1825Z SHAFT
3 PNBX1065W2 PUSH BUTTON, 12KEY ABS-HB 82 PFDF1191Z ROLLER POM-HB
4 PNBC1295Z2 PUSH BUTTON, MENU ABS-HB 83 PFDR1073Z CAM POM-HB
5 PNBC1286B2 PUSH BUTTON, SET ABS-HB 84 PFHR1710W CHASSIS POM-HB
6 PNBC1285Y2 PUSH BUTTON, CURSOR ABS-HB 85 PFHR1290X COIL SPRING
7 PNHR1200W CASE/COVER ABS-HB 86 PFUS1350Z PLASTIC PARTS POM-HB
8 PNBX1069Y1 PUSH BUTTON, 5KEY ABS-HB 87 PFHR1292Z CHASSIS POM-HB
9 PNBX1067Z2 PUSH BUTTON, 3KEY ABS-HB 88 PFHR1289X BAR SPRING
10 PNHR1203Y CASE/COVER ABS-HB 89 PFUS1621Z ROLLER POM-HB
11 PNBX1070B2 PUSH BUTTON, FAX/COPY ABS-HB 90 PFDR1066Z CABINET BODY PS-HB
12 PNBX1068Z2 PUSH BUTTON, 4KEY ABS-HB 91 PFKM1229V1 LABEL, SHOW STICKER
13 PNBC1287Y1 PUSH BUTTON, AUTO ABS-HB 92 NOT USED
ANSWER 93 PNQT1012B LABEL, LIFT TO OPEN
14 PNGP1076B2 PANEL PC-HB 94 PNQT1731B LABEL, FACE UP
15 PNGX1017Y1 ORNAMENT PS-HB 95 PQHR945Z BAND
285
M
KX-MB2030BRW
Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks 18.2.1.5. Main Cabinet Section
DA
No.
18.2.1.3. ADF Gear Section Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
LT
No.
190 PNQT1720Z LABEL, CAUTION
191 PFSE1054Z ANGLE
Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
192 PNUE1011Y AIR DACT ABS-HB
A
No.
193 PFJV1013Z METAL PARTS
110 L6HAYYYK0015 DC MOTOR
IC
194 PFDG1420Z GEAR
111 PFDW1001Z LEAD WIRE
195 PFDJ1044Z SPACER
112 PFMH1259Z ANGLE
196 PNDN1005Z ROLLER
CN
113 PFDG1554Z GEAR
197 PFDJ1086X SPACER
114 PFDG1557Z GEAR
115 PFDG1552Z GEAR
199 PNDF1020Z SHAFT
116 PFDG1555Z GEAR
TE
200 PFDJ1086Z SPACER
117 PFDG1556Z GEAR
201 PNKE1046Z2 COVER PS-HB
118 PFDG1553Z GEAR
202 PNKE1047Z2 COVER PS-HB
119 PFUA1096Y CHASSIS
A
203 PNKM1109Z2 CABINET BODY PS-V0
18.2.1.4. TOP Cover Section 204 PFDJ1085Z SPACER
CI
205 PFQT2937Z LABEL, MANUAL
206 PFKR1079Z1 GUIDE
EN
207 PFKR1080Z1 GUIDE
No. 208 PFKE1083Z1 PLASTIC PARTS
130 PFDE1303X SPACER 209 PFDG1015Y GEAR
210 PNKK1037Y2 DOOR-LID PS-HB
ST
131 N2GAYY000002 IMAGE SENSOR
132 PFHX2126Z PLASTIC PARTS 211 PFDN1091Y ROLLER
133 J0KE00000114 INSULATOR SI 212 PFUS1812Z COIL SPRING
134 PNJS131001Z CONNECTOR 213 PFDE1299Z ROLLER
135 PFJS04M74Z LEAD WIRE 214 PFDG1550Z GEAR
AS
136 PFUS1642Y COIL SPRING 215 XUC2FJP RETAINING RING
137 PFUS1344Z COIL SPRING 216 PNGT4551Z-M NAME PLATE, AL
138 PFDC1005X GUIDE 217 PNQT1734Z LABEL, CAUTION DAMPER
139 PFJE1068Z LEAD WIRE 218 PFHX1884Z MAGNETIC SHIELD
N
140 PNDF1028Z SHAFT 219 PFDJ1085X SPACER

220 PNQT1811Z LABEL, CAUTION
PA
141 PFDV1005Y ROUND BELT

143 PFHX2134Z PLASTIC PARTS 18.2.1.6. Fuser Section
RO
144 PFHE1319Z PLASTIC PARTS

145 PFUS1819Z TORSION SPRING
146 WLL20YG18M3M LEAD WIRE Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
No.
147 PNDE1023Z1 LEVER POM-HB
ET
230 A4DYYY000003 COIL HEATER

148 PNUS1101Z COIL SPRING
149 PNJS031003Z CONNECTOR 231 PNDJ1012Z SPACER Plyami-
deim-
150 PNJS081030Z CONNECTOR
EL
ide-V0
151 PFNPD031054C WASHER 232 PNDS1010Y ROLLER A5052+P
152 PFDE1170Z PULLEY TFE
153 PFDE1168Z PULLEY 233 PFDJ1114Z SPACER PPS-V0
154 PFDG1551Y GEAR 234 PFDG1421Z GEAR PPS-V0
155 PFMH1258Z PLATE 235 PNJT1036Z TERMINAL-TERMINAL PLATE
156 L6HAYYYK0013 DC MOTOR 236 K0BDB0000073 THERMOSTAT
157 PFDE1169Z PULLEY 237 PNJT1037Z TERMINAL-TERMINAL PLATE
158 PFMH1257Z PLATE 238 PFMH1085Z METAL PARTS
159 PFMH1159Z METAL PARTS 239 PFJT1032Z TERMINAL-TERMINAL PLATE
160 PFDJ1042Z SPACER 240 PNHR1173Z PLASTIC PARTS PPS-V0
161 PFDS1032Z ROLLER 241 PFUS1640Z COIL SPRING
162 PFDG1294Z GEAR 242 PNDR1021Y ROLLER
163 PFUS1269Y COIL SPRING 243 PFDG1422Z GEAR Polya-
164 PNHG1095Z RUBBER PARTS mide-V0
165 PNDE1022Y1 ARM PS-HB 244 XUC2FJP RETAINING RING
166 PNUS1100Y COIL SPRING 245 PFDG1423Z GEAR POM-HB
167 PNHS1182Z FELT PARTS 246 PNDS1011Z ROLLER
168 PNKV1059Z2 COVER PS-HB 247 PFHR1705Z ARM PBT+ABS
169 PNKM1110Y2 CABINET BODY PS-HB -GF30-
170 PF0G1016Z GLASS/TRANSPARENT PLATE V0
171 PF0G1017Z GLASS/TRANSPARENT PLATE 248 PFDJ1113Z SPACER Poly-
ether-
172 PFMH1256Z ANGLE imide-
173 PNHX1293Z PLASTIC PARTS V0
174 PFUS1820Z TORSION SPRING 249 PFUS1426Z COIL SPRING
175 PFKF1205Y1 CABINET COVER PS-HB 250 PFHR1495Z LEVER PBT+GF3
176 PNZXB2030RUW SCANNER GLASS ASS'Y 0-V0
177 ZT2512-08 TAPE 251 PFDR1069Z ROLLER POM-HB
252 PFUS1568Z BAR SPRING
286
M
KX-MB2030BRW
Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
DA
No. No.
253 PFUA1094Y CHASSIS PBT+ABS 339 PNUG1017X GUIDE PS-HB
GF30%- 340 PNDR1014Z ROLLER
V0
LT
341 PFHR1795Z PLASTIC PARTS
254 PFHR1496Z LEVER PBT+GF3
342 PFDX1089Z DRUM
0-V0
343 PFDF1197Y SHAFT
255 PFJS04M73Z LEAD WIRE
344 XPJ2A8VWM2 KEY-PIN
A
256 L2AA00000106 THERMISTOR
345 PNHR1234Y CHASSIS ABS-HB
257 PNUA1016X CHASSIS PBT+ABS
IC
-GF30- 346 PNHX1224Z PLASTIC PARTS
V0
258 PFUS1686Z TORSION SPRING 18.2.1.9. Side Cabinet Section
CN
259 PFDE1310Z LEVER
260 PNWEMB2030TW FUSER UNIT
18.2.1.7. Bottom Cabinet Section (1) No.
TE
360 PF0G1015Z GLASS/TRANSPARENT PLATE
361 PNKV1061Z2 COVER PS-V0
Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks 362 PNHR1257Z AIR DACT
A
No. 363 L6FAYYYK0001 DC MOTOR
280 PNUS1092Y LEAF SPRING 364 PNJS081024Z CONNECTOR
CI
281 PF0M1008Z MIRROR 365 PNJS081029Z CONNECTOR
282 LPA1605K LASER 366 J0KE00000119 IC FILTER
EN
283 PNJS051014Z CONNECTOR 367 PNMH1066Z METAL PARTS
284 PNJS071017Z CONNECTOR 368 J0KE00000114 INSULATOR
285 PNJS081023Z CONNECTOR 369 PNDE1021Z1 LEVER ABS-HB
ST
286 PNJS101002Z CONNECTOR 370 K2AH3G000011 JACK/SOCKET
287 PNQT1506Z INDICATION PLATE-LABEL 371 K0AALE000029 SEESAW SWITCH
288 PFUS1592Z TORSION SPRING 372 PNWLXC12HHXX LEAD WIRE
SI
289 PNUE1012Z KEYLOCK PS-HB 373 PNWLXA13HHXX LEAD WIRE
290 PFUS1811Z COIL SPRING 374 PQMX10010Z CASE/COVER
AS
291 PNVW1010Z LEAD WIRE 375 PQHR945Z BAND

292 PNVW1011Z LEAD WIRE 376 PNJS021038Z CONNECTOR
293 PFUS1612Z COIL SPRING 377 PNVW1012Z LEAD WIRE
N
294 PNJS081031Z CONNECTOR

378 PFQT2587Y LABEL, VOLTAGE
295 PFJS02M95Z LEAD WIRE
PA
296
297
PFMH1255Z
PFJS05M76Z
CASE/COVER
LEAD WIRE
18.2.1.10. Motor Section
298 PFUV1111Z COVER
RO
299 PFJS04M72Z LEAD WIRE Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
300 PFDE1252Z LEVER No.
301 PFUE1044Z CHASSIS 390 PFNPD052080 SPACER
ET
302 PFUS1809Z TORSION SPRING 391 PFDG1544Y GEAR

303 PFUS1916Z TORSION SPRING 392 PFDG1548Z GEAR
304 PFUE1045Z LEVER 393 PFDG1543Z GEAR
EL
305 PFUS1805Z BAR SPRING 394 PFDG1549Z GEAR

306 PFUS1806Z BAR SPRING 395 L6CCYYYK0006 DC MOTOR
307 PFUS1807Z BAR SPRING 396 PNHX1255Z PLASTIC PARTS
308 PFUS1808Z BAR SPRING 397 PNMH1067Z METAL PARTS
309 PNDF1022Z SHAFT 398 PNDF1024Z SHAFT
310 XPL15A10WVW2 COIL SPRING 399 PNDF1023Z SHAFT
311 PNUS1114Z TORSION SPRING 400 PNDF1025Z SHAFT
312 PFDG1418Z GEAR 401 PNDF1026Z SHAFT
313 PNHX1252Y PLASTIC PARTS 402 PNMD1027Z FRAME
314 PFDE1300Z LEVER 403 PFUS1803Z TORSION SPRING
315 PFDJ1084X SPACER 404 PFDE1298Y LEVER
316 PNUG1018Z GUIDE PS-V0 405 PFDG1391Z GEAR
317 PNDR1019Z ROLLER POM-HB 406 PFDG1546Z GEAR
318 PFDJ1084Z SPACER 407 PFDG1390Z GEAR
319 PNHR1236Z SPACER ABS-HB 408 L9AAAYYB0001 ERECTROMAGNETIC COIL
320 PNDR1018Z1 ROLLER EPDM 409 L9AAAYYB0006 ERECTROMAGNETIC COIL
410 PFDG1545Y GEAR
18.2.1.8. Separation (DFP) Roller Section 411 PNUS1014Z TORSION SPRING
412 PFDE1297X LEVER
413 PFUA1092Z CHASSIS
Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks 414 PFDG1547Z GEAR
No. 415 PFDG1402Z GEAR
330 PNHR1235Z PLASTIC PARTS ABS-HB 416 PFDG1403Z GEAR
331 PFNPD041065C SPACER 417 PFDG1404Z GEAR
332 PNUS1104Z COIL SPRING 418 PFDG1401Z GEAR
333 PFUS1923Z COIL SPRING 419 PFDG1407Z GEAR
334 PNDF1027Z SHAFT
335 PNDR1020Z ROLLER POM-HB
336 PFHR1538Z CABINET ACCESSORY
338 PNHG1088Z RUBBER PARTS
287
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18.2.1.11. Bottom Cabinet Section (2) Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
DA
No.
A12 PFJA05D001Z CORD
Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks A13 PNLXE1010Z HANDSET
LT
No. A14 PNQW1052Z LEAFLET, SERVICE CENTER
440 PFMD1112Z PLATE A15 PFQT2921Y INDICATION PLATE-LABEL
441 PNUG1016Z GUIDE PS-HB P1 PNPK2867Z-M PACKING CASE
442 PNUG1015Z GUIDE PS-HB P2 PNPN1126Y CUSHION ABS-HB
A
443 PNHS1171Z FELT PARTS P3 PNPN1136Y CUSHION ABS-HB
IC
444 PNHX1269Y PLASTIC PARTS P4 PFPP1041Z PROTECTION COVER
445 XWC4BFJ WASHER P5 PNPN1124Y CUSHION PC-HB
446 PFHA1001Z RUBBER PARTS P6 PNPN1125Y CUSHION ABS-HB
CN
447 L0AA05A00048 SPEAKER P7 PFPP1052Z PROTECTION COVER
448 PFJS02M47Z LEAD WIRE P8 PFPP1054Z PROTECTION COVER
449 PNKV1062Z2 COVER PS-V0 P9 PFPD1355Z CUSHION
TE
450 PFQT3054Z LABEL, USB
451 PQHR945Z BAND 18.2.2. Main Board
18.2.1.12. Output Tray Section
A
No.
CI
PCB1 PNWP1B2030BR MAIN BOARD ASS'Y (RTL)
(ICs)
No.
EN
IC100 C1CB00002689 IC
470 PFHG1245Z RUBBER PARTS
IC101 C1CB00002690 IC
471 PNMD1022Z CHASSIS
IC200 C1CB00001769 IC
472 PFUS1814Z TORSION SPRING
ST
IC202 C0ABEB000083 IC
IC203 C1AB00002556 IC
474 PFDG1015Y GEAR
IC204 C1AB00002556 IC
475 PFHR1491Z LEVER
SI IC300 C1ZBZ0003801 IC
IC301 C0EBE0000504 IC
477 PNKS1007Z2 TRAY PS-HB
AS
IC303 C0CBAAA00035 IC
478 PFKR1108Y LEVER
IC400 C3ABRY000039 IC
479 PFKR1109Y LEVER
IC402 PNWI2030BR IC (ROM)
480 PFHR1707Z LEVER
IC501 C0DBGYY00330 IC
N
481 PFKR1085Y RACK

IC502 C0GBY0000066 IC
482 PNHS1174Z FELT PARTS
PA
IC503 C1DB00001173 IC
18.2.1.13. Screws IC504

IC700
C0BBBA000044 IC
C0GBY0000066 IC
S
RO
IC750 C1CB00002566 IC
Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks IC800 C0DBAGE00028 IC
No. (TRANSISTORS)
Q100 UNR92ANJ0L TRANSISTOR(SI)
ET
A XTW3+10PFJ7 TAPPING SCREW, STEEL

B XTW3+6LFJ7 TAPPING SCREW, STEEL Q102 B1ABFJ000001 TRANSISTOR(SI)
C XTW3+12PFJ7 TAPPING SCREW, STEEL Q103 B1ABFJ000001 TRANSISTOR(SI)
EL
D XTW3+W10PFJ TAPPING SCREW, STEEL Q104 B1BBAP000021 TRANSISTOR(SI)

E XYC3+FF8FJ SCREW WITH WASHER, Q105 B1BBAP000021 TRANSISTOR(SI)
STEEL Q106 B1BDAP000015 TRANSISTOR(SI)
F XYC3+CF5FJ SCREW WITH WASHER, Q200 UNR921LJ0L TRANSISTOR(SI) S
STEEL Q203 UNR921LJ0L TRANSISTOR(SI) S
G XTB3+10GFJ TAPPING SCREW, STEEL Q500 B1ABCF000103 TRANSISTOR(SI) S
H XTB3+12JFJ TAPPING SCREW, STEEL Q501 UNR92ANJ0L TRANSISTOR(SI)
I XTW3+20PFJ TAPPING SCREW, STEEL Q502 UNR92ANJ0L TRANSISTOR(SI)
J XTW3+5LFJK7 TAPPING SCREW, STEEL Q503 UNR92ANJ0L TRANSISTOR(SI)
K XYN3+C6FJ SCREW WITH WASHER, Q504 UNR92ANJ0L TRANSISTOR(SI)
STEEL
L XSB4+6FJ SMALL SCREW, STEEL
Q507 UNR921LJ0L TRANSISTOR(SI) S
18.2.1.14. Accessories and Packing Materi- Q509 2SB1197KQ TRANSISTOR(SI) S
als Q510 B1CHND000004 TRANSISTOR(SI)
Q512 B1ABCF000103 TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks Q514 2SD0874AS TRANSISTOR(SI)
No. Q516 2SD0874AS TRANSISTOR(SI)
A1 PNQW2143Z LEAFLET Q517 2SD0874AS TRANSISTOR(SI)
A2 PNQW1881Y LEAFLET, QUICK INSTAL- Q518 B1ADGE000004 TRANSISTOR(SI)
LATION Q521 2SK3018 TRANSISTOR(SI) S
A3 PNGD1019B CARD Q522 B1ABCF000103 TRANSISTOR(SI) S
A4 PNJKMB2030Z MEMORY PARTS Q523 B1ADGE000004 TRANSISTOR(SI)
A5 PNQW1947Z LEAFLET, IIG Q524 UNR92ANJ0L TRANSISTOR(SI)
A6 PNKS1011Z2 TRAY PS-HB Q525 UNR92ANJ0L TRANSISTOR(SI)
A7 PNKS1010Z2 TRAY PS-HB Q526 UNR92ANJ0L TRANSISTOR(SI)
A8 PFYE1043Z HANDSET Q527 UN9219J TRANSISTOR(SI) S
A9 PFJA1029Z CORD Q528 UNR92ANJ0L TRANSISTOR(SI)
A10 PFJA02B002Y CORD Q529 B1ADCF000161 TRANSISTOR(SI)
A11 PFJA03A007W POWER CORD Q530 2SK3018 TRANSISTOR(SI) S
288
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
No. No.
Q700 B1ABCF000103 TRANSISTOR(SI) S C229 F2G1C4700026 47
Q800 2SC4081R TRANSISTOR(SI) S C230 ECUE0J105KBQ 1
LT
Q801 UNR92A5J0L TRANSISTOR(SI) C231 ECUE1C223KBQ 0.022
Q802 B1CHQD000001 TRANSISTOR(SI) C232 ECUE0J105KBQ 1
Q803 B1CHQD000001 TRANSISTOR(SI) C233 ECUE0J105KBQ 1
Q804 B1ABKD000001 TRANSISTOR(SI) C234 ECUE1H392KBQ 0.0039
A
Q805 B1ABKD000001 TRANSISTOR(SI) C236 F2G0J1010014 100
IC
Q806 2SB1197KQ TRANSISTOR(SI) S C243 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001
Q807 2SB1197KQ TRANSISTOR(SI) S C244 ECUE1C103KBQ 0.01
(DIODES) C245 ECUE1A104KBQ 0.1
CN
D100 MA111 DIODE(SI) S C246 F2G1C2200024 22 S
D102 MAZY43000L DIODE(SI) C247 ECUE1C223KBQ 0.022
D103 B0EDER000009 DIODE(SI) C250 ECUE1C223KBQ 0.022
TE
D104 MAZ80560ML DIODE(SI) C300 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
D105 MAZ80560ML DIODE(SI) C301 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
D306 B0ZBZ0000146 DIODE(SI) C304 ECJ0EB0J224K 0.22 S
A
D308 B0BC5R000009 DIODE(SI) C305 ECJ0EB0J224K 0.22 S
D501 B0ACEL000004 DIODE(SI) C306 ECJ0EB0J224K 0.22 S
CI
D503 B0ACEL000004 DIODE(SI) C308 ECJ0EB0J224K 0.22 S
D504 B0ACEL000004 DIODE(SI) C310 ECUE1H220JCQ 22p
D800 B0JCPD000033 DIODE(SI) C311 ECUE1H270JCQ 27p
EN
D801 B0BC5R900006 DIODE(SI) C312 ECUE1A104KBQ 0.1
D803 B0JCPD000033 DIODE(SI) C313 ECUE1H220JCQ 22p
D804 B0BC3R800009 DIODE(SI) C314 ECUE1H330JCQ 33p !
ST
D805 B0BC01000014 DIODE(SI) C315 ECUE1H100DCQ 10p
D806 B0BC01000014 DIODE(SI) SI C316 ECUE1H8R0DCQ 8
DA300 PJVDJADAN202 DIODE(SI) S C317 ECUE1H270JCQ 27p
DA500 PJVDJADAN202 DIODE(SI) S C318 ECUE1H120JCQ 12p
AS
LED750 B3ABB0000331 DIODE(SI) C319 ECUE0J105KBQ 1
(BATTERY) C321 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
BAT300 CR-2354/GUFK BATTERY C322 ECUE0J105KBQ 1
(CAPACITORS) C325 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
N
C100 ECUE1A104KBQ 0.1 C326 ECUE1C103KBQ 0.01

C101 ECUE1H101JCQ 100p C327 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
PA
C102 ECUE1A104KBQ 0.1 C328 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1

C104 F1LAF3300002 33p C329 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
C105 F1LAF3300002 33p C330 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
RO
C106 EEE1HA010SR 1 S C331 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1

ET
C109 F1J2E121A023 120p C334 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1

C110 F1J2E121A023 120p C335 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
C111 ECUE1H272KBQ 0.0027 C336 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
EL
C112 ECUE1C103KBQ 0.01 C337 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1

C113 F1LAF1030001 0.01 C338 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
C114 F1BAF471A049 470p C339 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
C115 F1BAF471A049 470p C351 ECUE1H101JCQ 100p
C352 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
C119 F0C2E1050004 1
C120 ECUE1C103KBQ 0.01
C121 F1LAF100A009 10p
C200 F2G0J1010014 100
C201 ECUE1A104KBQ 0.1
C203 ECUE1C223KBQ 0.022
C204 ECJ0EB1A473K 0.047 S
C206 ERJ2GE0R00 0
C209 F2G0J3310015 330
C213 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001
C216 ECUE0J105KBQ 1
C217 ECUE0J105KBQ 1
C218 ECUE1H680JCQ 68p
C220 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001
C221 ECUE1H182KBQ 0.0018
C224 F2G0J1010014 100
C226 ECUE1E562KBQ 0.0056
C227 ECUE1E562KBQ 0.0056
289
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
No. No.
LT
A
IC
C471 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1 C660 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
C501 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 C661 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
CN
C502 ECUE0J105KBQ 1 C662 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
C504 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1 C664 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
TE
C505 F2G1V2210014 220 C665 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
C506 ECUE1H100DCQ 10p C666 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
A
C508 ECJ0EB1A473K 0.047 S C668 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
CI
C511 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001 C671 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1
C512 F1J0J1060006 10 C672 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1
EN
C513 ECUV1A105ZFV 1 C673 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1
C515 F2G1V2210014 220 C675 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
ST
C517 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001 SI C677 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
AS
C524 F2G1V4700028 47 C681 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
N

PA

C530 F1J0J1060006 10 C688 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
C531 F1J0J1060006 10 C689 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
RO

ET

C538 F1J0J1060006 10 C695 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
EL

C544 ECUE1C103KBQ 0.01 C699 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1
C545 ECUE0J105KBQ 1 C701 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001
C546 ECUE1C103KBQ 0.01 C702 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001
C547 ECUE1H101JCQ 100p C703 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001
C548 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001 C704 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001
C549 F2G0J1010015 100 C709 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001
C550 F2G1C2200013 22 C710 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001
C551 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001 C711 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001
C552 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1 C712 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001
C553 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001 C750 ECUE1H101JCQ 100p
C555 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1 C752 F2G0J4700013 47
C557 ECUE1H181JCQ 180p C754 ECUE1A104KBQ 0.1
C559 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001 C755 ECUE1A104KBQ 0.1
C563 ECUE1H102KBQ 0.001 C756 ECUE1H100DCQ 10p
C565 ECJ0EB1A473K 0.047 S C757 ECUE1H150JCQ 15p
C569 ECJ0EB1A473K 0.047 S C759 F1J0J1060006 10
C571 ECUE0J105KBQ 1 C760 ECUE1C103KBQ 0.01
C572 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1 C762 F2G0J4700013 47
C645 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1 C763 ECUE1H220JCQ 22p
C649 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1 C767 ECUE1A104KBQ 0.1
C650 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1 C768 ECUE1A104KBQ 0.1
C651 ECUE1C104ZFQ 0.1 C769 F1J0J1060006 10
290
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
No. No.
C770 ECUE1H101JCQ 100p L215 J0JCC0000276 IC FILTER
C800 F2H0J1010009 100 L217 J0JCC0000276 IC FILTER
LT
C801 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 L218 J0JCC0000276 IC FILTER
C802 PQCUV1A105KB 1 L219 J0JCC0000276 IC FILTER
C803 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 L220 J0JCC0000276 IC FILTER
C804 F1L1V1060002 35 L225 J0JCC0000276 IC FILTER
A
C805 F1L1V1060002 35 L226 J0JCC0000276 IC FILTER
IC
C806 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 L229 J0JBC0000040 IC FILTER
CN
C809 ECJ0EB1A473K 0.047 S L344 J0JCC0000286 IC FILTER
C810 ECUV1H103KBV 0.01 L345 J0JCC0000286 IC FILTER
C811 ECUV1A474KBV 0.47 L346 J0JCC0000286 IC FILTER
TE
C812 ECUV1H103KBV 0.01 L347 J0JCC0000286 IC FILTER
C813 ECUV1A334KBV 0.33 L348 J0JCC0000277 IC FILTER
C814 ECUE1A104KBQ 0.1 L349 J0JCC0000277 IC FILTER
A
C817 F2H0J1010009 100 L350 J0JCC0000277 IC FILTER
C818 PQCUV1A105KB 1 L351 J0JCC0000277 IC FILTER
CI
C819 PQCUV1C105ZF 1 S L352 J0JCC0000277 IC FILTER
C820 PQCUV1C105ZF 1 S L353 J0JCC0000277 IC FILTER
(CONNECTORS & JACKS) L354 J0JCC0000277 IC FILTER
EN
CN100 K2LB1YYB0002 JACK ! L355 J0JCC0000277 IC FILTER
CN101 K2LB1YYB0002 JACK ! L356 J0JCC0000277 IC FILTER
CN200 K1KA08AA0193 CONNECTOR, 8PIN L357 J0MAB0000146 IC FILTER
ST
CN300 K1FY104B0015 CONNECTOR, 8PIN L358 J0JCC0000277 IC FILTER
CN500 K1KA07A00257 CONNECTOR, 7PIN SI L359 J0JCC0000277 IC FILTER
CN501 K1KA05A00364 CONNECTOR, 5PIN L364 J0JCC0000274 IC FILTER
CN502 K1KA08AA0193 CONNECTOR, 8PIN L500 J0JCC0000277 IC FILTER
AS
CN504 K1KA08A00498 CONNECTOR, 8PIN L501 J0JCC0000276 IC FILTER
CN505 K1KA08A00440 CONNECTOR, 8PIN L503 J0JGC0000020 IC FILTER
CN506 K1KA03AA0193 CONNECTOR, 3PIN L504 J0JGC0000020 IC FILTER
CN507 K1KA02AA0193 CONNECTOR, 2PIN L750 J0JCC0000276 IC FILTER
N
CN508 K1KA10A00412 CONNECTOR, 10PIN L752 J0MAB0000185 IC FILTER

CN509 K1KA04A00527 CONNECTOR, 4PIN L753 J0MAB0000185 IC FILTER
PA
CN510 K1KA13A00130 CONNECTOR, 13PIN R101 J0JCC0000002 CERAMIC FILTER

CN511 K1KA08A00440 CONNECTOR, 8PIN R102 J0JCC0000002 CERAMIC FILTER
CN514 K1KA02AA0193 CONNECTOR, 2PIN (THERMISTOR)
RO
CN700 K1KA04A00644 CONNECTOR, 4PIN POS100 D4DAY220A022 THERMISTOR

CN701 K1KA04AA0193 CONNECTOR, 4PIN (RESISTORS)
CN750 K2LC1YYB0012 JACK R103 ERJ2RKF1004 1M
ET
(FUSE) R104 ERJ12SF1071 1.07k

F800 K5H302Y00003 FUSE R105 ERJ2GE0R00 0
(COILS) R106 ERJ6GEYJ515 5.1M
EL
L100 PQLQR1E32A07 COIL S R107 ERJ6GEYJ515 5.1M

L101 PQLQR1E32A07 COIL S R108 ERJ12SF3651 3.65k
L102 PQLQR1E32A07 COIL S R111 ERJ2GEJ151 150
L103 PQLQR1E32A07 COIL S R112 D0GF156JA051 15M
L105 PQLQR1E32A07 COIL S R113 D0GF156JA051 15M
L106 PQLQR1E32A07 COIL S R114 ERJ8ENF5360 536
L107 G0B862C00003 COIL R115 ERJ12SF73R2 73.2
L110 G1A102BA0002 COIL R116 ERJ12SF2491 2.49k
L111 G1A102BA0002 COIL R117 ERJ2GEJ104 100k
L221 PQLQR2KB113T COIL S R118 ERJ2GEJ104 100k
L222 PQLQR2KB113T COIL S R119 ERJ2GEJ473 47k
L223 PQLQR2KB113T COIL S R123 ERDS1TJ124 120k S
L224 PQLQR2KB113T COIL S R124 ERDS1TJ220 22 S
L300 G1BYYYC00026 COIL R126 ERJ8GEY0R00 0
L502 PFVF2P221SG COIL S R129 ERG1SJ120E 12
L800 G1C220MA0291 COIL R134 ERG1SJ120E 12
L801 G1C220MA0291 COIL R136 ERJ3GEYJ560 56
(IC FILTERS) R137 ERJ3GEYJ560 56
FLT500 J0HAAB000021 IC FILTER R200 ERJ2GEJ154 150k
L108 J0JBC0000040 IC FILTER R201 ERJ2GEJ154 150k
L203 J0JCC0000276 IC FILTER R208 ERJ2GEJ101 100
L204 J0JCC0000276 IC FILTER R210 ERJ2GEJ822 8.2k
L208 J0JCC0000276 IC FILTER R211 ERJ2GEJ822 8.2k
L209 J0JCC0000276 IC FILTER R212 ERJ2GEJ223 22k
L210 J0JCC0000276 IC FILTER R214 ERJ2GE0R00 0
291
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
No. No.
R222 ERJ2GEJ184 180k R398 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R223 ERJ2GEJ273X 27k R399 ERJ2GEJ103 10k
LT
R224 ERJ2GEJ103 10k R400 ERJ2GEJ470 47
R225 PQ4R18XJ100 10 S R401 ERJ2GEJ680 68
A
R228 ERJ2GEJ680 68 R404 ERJ2GEJ470 47
IC
R232 ERJ2GEJ681 680 R407 ERJ2GEJ470 47
CN
R233 ERJ2GEJ182 1.8k R408 ERJ2GEJ470 47
R234 ERJ2GEJ182 1.8k R409 ERJ2GEJ680 68
TE
R236 ERJ2GEJ102 1k R449 ERJ2GEJ103 10k
A
R239 ERJ2GEJ472X 4.7k R503 ERJ2RKF6201 6.2k
R240 PQ4R18XJ100 10 S R504 ERJ2GEJ473 47k
CI
R241 ERJ2GEJ154 150k R505 ERJ2RKF1503 150k
EN
R245 ERJ2GEJ332 3.3k R508 ERJ2GEJ102 1k
R250 ERJ2GE0R00 0 R509 ERJ2GEJ102 1k
R251 ERJ2GE0R00 0 R510 ERJ2GEJ562X 5.6k
ST
R252 ERJ2GEJ562X 5.6k R511 ERJ2GEJ181 180
R253 ERJ2GEJ822 8.2k SI R512 ERJ2GEJ563 56k
R254 ERJ2GEJ105X 1M R513 ERJ2GEJ103 10k
R259 ERJ2GEJ682 6.8k R514 ERJ2RKF1503 150k
AS
R260 ERJ2GEJ105X 1M R515 ERJ2GEJ102 1k
R302 ERJ2RKF49R9 49.9 R516 ERJ2GEJ823 82k
R303 ERJ2GEJ472X 4.7k R517 ERJ2GEJ332 3.3k
R304 ERJ2GEJ101 100 R518 ERJ2GEJ472X 4.7k
N
R305 ERJ2GEJ103 10k R519 ERJ2GEJ472X 4.7k

R307 ERJ2GEJ470 47 R520 ERJ2GEJ102 1k
PA

RO

R335 ERJ2GEJ472X 4.7k R525 ERJ12YJ390 39
R336 ERJ2GE0R00 0 R526 ERJ2GEJ103 10k
ET
R337 ERJ2GE0R00 0 R527 ERJ2GEJ562X 5.6k

R338 ERJ2GEJ103 10k R528 PQ4R10XJ332 3.3k S
EL
R340 ECUE1H220JCQ 22p R530 ERJ2GEJ102 1k

R348 ECUE1H220JCQ 22p R531 ERJ2GEJ562X 5.6k
R363 ERJ2GEJ103 10k R536 ERJ8RQFR39 0.39
R364 ERJ2GEJ103 10k R537 ERJ8RQFR39 0.39
R369 ERJ2GEJ470 47 R540 ERJ2GEJ221 220
R372 ERJ2GEJ103 10k R541 ERJ2GEJ122 1.2k
R374 ERJ2GEJ471 470 R543 ERJ3GEYJ180 18
R375 ERJ2GEJ221 220 R544 ERJ2GEJ122 1.2k
R376 ERJ2RKF6981 6.98k R545 ERJ2GEJ123 12k
R380 ERJ2GEJ1R0 1 R547 ERJ2GEJ471 470
R381 ERJ2GEJ1R0 1 R548 ERJ3GEYJ1R2 1.2
R382 ERJ2GEJ1R0 1 R549 ERJ3GEYJ330 33
R384 ERJ2GEJ101 100 R550 ERJ2GEJ122 1.2k
R385 ERJ2GEJ1R0 1 R551 ERJ2GEJ274 270k
R387 ERJ2GEJ105X 1M R553 ERJ2GEJ820 82
R391 ERJ2GEJ103 10k R556 ERJ3GEYJ390 39
R395 ERJ3GEY0R00 0 R557 ERJ2GEJ274 270k
R396 ERJ3GEY0R00 0 R558 ERJ2GEJ470 47
R397 ERJ3GEY0R00 0 R559 ERJ2GEJ101 100
292
M
KX-MB2030BRW
DA
No. No.
R560 ERJ2GEJ181 180 L227 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R561 ERJ2GEJ102 1k L361 ERJ2GE0R00 0
LT
R562 ERJ2GEJ102 1k L363 ERJ2GEJ221 220
R563 ERJ2GEJ101 100 L365 ERJ2GEJ330 33
R564 ERJ2RKF1802 18k L366 ERJ2GEJ330 33
A
IC
R568 ERJ12YJ390 39 L370 ERJ2GEJ221 220
CN
R570 ERJ2GEJ562X 5.6k (COMPONENTS PARTS)
R571 ERJ2GEJ561 560 RA314 EXB28V470JX COMPONENTS PARTS
R573 ERJ2GEJ103 10k RA315 EXB28V470JX COMPONENTS PARTS
TE
R574 PQ4R10XJ822 8.2k S RA316 EXB28V470JX COMPONENTS PARTS
R576 ERJ2GEJ472X 4.7k RA317 EXB28V470JX COMPONENTS PARTS
A
R578 ERJ2GEJ332 3.3k RA319 EXB28V470JX COMPONENTS PARTS
R579 ERJ2GEJ471 470 RA320 EXB28V470JX COMPONENTS PARTS
CI
R581 ERJ2RKF4700 470 RA322 EXB28V473JX COMPONENTS PARTS
EN
R584 ERJ2RKF6201 6.2k RA400 EXB28V560JX COMPONENTS PARTS
ST
R588 ERJ2GEJ563 56k SI RA403 EXB28V560JX COMPONENTS PARTS
AS
R702 ERJ2GEJ274 270k RA750 EXB28V330 COMPONENTS PARTS
N
R703 ERJ2GEJ562X 5.6k RA751 EXB28V330 COMPONENTS PARTS

R704 ERJ2GEJ562X 5.6k RA752 EXB28V330 COMPONENTS PARTS
PA
R705 ERJ2GEJ563 56k RA753 EXB28V330 COMPONENTS PARTS

R706 ERJ2GEJ563 56k (RELAY )
R707 ERJ8RQFR33 0.33 RLY100 K6B1CYY00005 RELAY
RO
R708 ERJ8RQFR33 0.33 (VARISTORS)

R709 D0GA222JA015 2.2k S SA100 J0LY00000063 VARISTOR
R710 ERJ2GEJ123 12k SA101 PFRZRA102P6T VARISTOR S
ET
R711 ERJ2GEJ103 10k SA102 PFRZRA102P6T VARISTOR S

R750 ERJ2RKF49R9 49.9 (CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS)
R751 ERJ2RKF49R9 49.9 X300 H0J120500055 CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
EL

R754 ERJ2RKF6491 6.49k X303 H0A327200147 CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
R755 ERJ2GEJ221 220 X750 H0J250500086 CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
R759 ERJ2GEJ103 10k
R760 ERJ2GEJ331 330 18.2.3. Operation Board
R764 ERJ2GEJ330 33
R765 ERJ2GEJ330 33
R800 ERJ2RKF2202 22k Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
R801 ERJ2RKF1001 1k No.
R802 ERJ2RKF1002 10k PCB2 PNLP2205RUZ OPERATION BOARD ASS'Y
(RTL)
R803 ERJ2RKF4701 4.7k
(IC)
R804 ERJ2RKF9091 9.09k
IC1 C1ZBZ0004019 IC S
R805 ERJ2GEJ104 100k
(DIODES)
R807 PQ4R18XJ472 4.7k S
LED1 B3AAA0000534 DIODE(SI)
R808 ERJ2GEJ223 22k
LED2 B3ABA0000633 DIODE(SI)
R809 ERJ2GEJ181 180
R812 ERJ2RKF2201X 2.2k
R813 ERJ2RKF1001 1k
(CAPACITORS)
R815 ERJ2RKF1002 10k
C1 ECUV1C104ZFV 0.1
R817 ERJ2RKF2001 2k
C2 ECUV1C104ZFV 0.1
R818 ERJ2RKF4701 4.7k
C3 ECUV1C104ZFV 0.1
R819 PQ4R18XJ471 470 S
C7 ECUV1H101JCV 100p
R820 PQ4R18XJ471 470 S
C8 ECUV1H102KBV 0.001
R821 ERJ2GEJ473 47k
C10 ECUV1C104ZFV 0.1
R822 ERJ2GEJ473 47k
R825 PQ4R18XJ102 1k S
C12 ECUV1H391JCV 390p S
R826 PQ4R18XJ102 1k S
L200 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L202 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
C17 ECEA1CK101 100 S
293
M
KX-MB2030BRW
Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks 18.2.4. Sensor Board Parts
DA
No.
C18
C20
ECUV1C104ZFV
ECUV1H272KBV
0.1
0.0027
18.2.4.1. Toner Sensor Board
LT
C21 ECUV1H152KBV 0.0015
C22 ECUV1H152KBV 0.0015 Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
(LIQUID CRYSTAL DIS- No.
PLAY) PCB3 PNLP2209RU-A TONER SENSOR BOARD S
A
CN1 L5DAAYY00017 LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY ASS'Y (RTL)
(CONNECTOR)
IC
(CAPACITOR)
CN2 K1KA08B00243 CONNECTOR C57 ECUV1C104ZFV 0.1
(RESISTORS) (CONNECTORS)
CN
R1 ERJ3GEYJ391 390 CN64 K1KA10A00412 CONNECTOR, 10PIN
TE
R5 ERJ3GEYJ123 12k (PHOTO ELECTRIC TRANS-
R6 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k DUCER)
R7 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k IC51 B4ZZ00000021 PHOTO ELECTRIC TRANS-
A
R8 ERJ3GEYJ4R7 4.7 DUCER
CI
R10 ERJ3GEYJ470 47
R11 ERJ3GEYJ101 100 18.2.4.2. Fuser Board
R12 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
EN
R13 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R14 ERJ3GEYJ332 3.3k Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
No.
R15 ERJ3GEYJ123 12k
ST
PCB4 PNLP2209RU-B FUSER BOARD ASS'Y (RTL) S
R18 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
(CAPACITOR)
R20 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
R21 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
SI (CONNECTORS)
R22 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
CN52 K1KA03B00201 CONNECTOR, 3PIN
R23 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
AS
R24 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
(PHOTO ELECTRIC TRANS-
R25 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
DUCER)
R26 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
PS50 B3NAA0000106 PHOTO ELECTRIC TRANS-
N
R27 ERJ3GEYJ181 180 DUCER

R28 ERJ8GEY0R00 0 (RESISTOR)
PA
(SWITCHES) R54 ERJ3GEYJ181 180

SW1 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH
SW10 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH 18.2.4.3. Pickup Sensor Board
RO

SW13 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
ET
SW14 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH No.

SW15 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH PCB5 PNWP2B2030RU PICKUP SENSOR BOARD
SW16 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH ASS'Y (RTL)
EL
SW17 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH (CONNECTORS)

SW18 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH CN51 K1KA05B00189 CONNECTOR, 5PIN
SW19 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH CN63 K1KA03BA0061 CONNECTOR, 3PIN
SW2 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH (SWITCHE)
SW20 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH SW50 PFSH1A003Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW22 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH 18.2.4.4. Registration Sensor Board
SW25 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
No.
PCB6 PNLP2209RU-D RESIST SENSOR BOARD S
ASS'Y (RTL)
(CAPACITORS)
(CONNECTOR)
SW33 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH DUCERS)
SW34 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH PS51 B3NAA0000106 PHOTO ELECTRIC TRANS-
SW35 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH DUCER
SW36 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH PS52 B3NAA0000106 PHOTO ELECTRIC TRANS-
SW37 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH DUCER
SW4 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH (RESISTORS)
SW5 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH R50 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
SW6 K0H1BA000259 SPECIAL SWITCH R51 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
(THERMISTOR)
TH1 D4CCY1030002 THERMISTOR
294
M
KX-MB2030BRW
18.2.4.5. Varistor Sensor Board 18.2.4.9. CIS Home Sensor Board
DA
LT
No. No.
PCB7 PNLP2209RU-E VARISTOR SENSOR BOARD S PCB11 PNLP2209RU-J CIS HOME SENSOR BOARD S
ASS'Y (RTL) ASS'Y (RTL)
(VARISTOR) (CAPACITOR)
A
ZNR50 PFRV271NS05K VARISTOR C60 ECUV1H102KBV 0.001
(CONNECTOR)
IC
18.2.4.6. Flatbed Relay Board CN69 K1KA03A00495 CONNECTOR, 3PIN
CN
DUCER)
Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks PS55 B3NAA0000106 PHOTO ELECTRIC TRANS-
No. DUCER
TE
PCB8 PNLP2209RU-F FLATBED RELAY BOARD S
ASS'Y (RTL) 18.2.5. High Voltage Power Board
(CAPACITORS)
A
C65 ECUV1C104ZFV 0.1 Safety Ref. Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
(CONNECTORS) No.
CI
CN59 K1KA13B00063 CONNECTOR, 13PIN PCB12 N0GG4E000006 HIGH VOLTAGE POWER !
BOARD ASS'Y (RTL)
EN
(IC)
CN61 K1MN12BA0222 CONNECTOR, 12PIN
IC1 PH1193AC001 IC
CN62 K1KA04BA0061 CONNECTOR, 4PIN
(TRANSISTORS)
Q3 PT2394DL001 TRANSISTOR(SI)
ST
(COIL)
Q62 PT2394DL001 TRANSISTOR(SI)
L54 PQLQR2KB113T COIL S
(FUSE)
(RESISTORS)
R55 ERJ3GEYJ472 4.7k
SI F1 PK7130AA001 FUSE
(SWITCHE)
R56 ERJ3GEYJ471 470
AS
SW1 PFSHSS3FLP3D PUSH SWITCH S
18.2.4.7. ADF Sensor Board

18.2.6. Low Voltage Power Board
N

PA
No.
PCB9 PNLP2209RU-G ADF SENSOR BOARD ASS'Y S No.
(RTL) PCB13 N0AB2GH00002 LOW VOLTAGE POWER BOARD
(CAPACITORS)
RO
C55 ECUV1H102KBV 0.001 (TRANSISTOR)

C56 ECUV1H102KBV 0.001 Q1 PT3561KL001 TRANSISTOR(SI)
(CONNECTOR) (DIODES)
ET
CN56 K1KA04B00225 CONNECTOR, 4PIN D1 PD1146AC001 DIODE(SI)

(PHOTO ELECTRIC TRANS- D104 PD4145AA005 DIODE(SI)
DUCERS)
EL
D503 PD4068AQ075 DIODE(SI)

PS53 B3NAA0000105 PHOTO ELECTRIC TRANS-
DUCER (CAPACITOR)
PS54 B3NAA0000105 PHOTO ELECTRIC TRANS- C5 PC3171KS181 ELECTROLYTIC CAPACI-
DUCER TOR, AL
(RESISTORS) (FUSES)
R52 ERJ3GEYJ181 180 F1 PK7017AS001 FUSE
R53 ERJ3GEYJ181 180 F2 PK7138AS004 FUSE
F101 PK7138AS004 FUSE
18.2.4.8. Handset Relay Board (THYRISTOR)
SCR51 PD5108AL001 THYRISTOR

No.
PCB10 PNLP2209RU-H HANDSET RELAY BOARD S
ASS'Y (RTL)
(CONNECTORS & JACKS)
CN55 K2LB106B0053 JACK/SOCKET
CN57 K1KA02A00587 CONNECTOR
CN58 K1KA08AA0193 CONNECTOR
(IC FILTERS)
L52 J0JAC0000008 IC FILTER
L53 J0JAC0000008 IC FILTER
(RESISTORS)
L50 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L51 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
295
KX-MB2030BRW
EL
ET
RO
PA
N
AS
296
SI
ST
EN
CI
A
TE
CN
IC
A
LT
DA
M
K.T
KXMB2030BRW

MS KX-MB2030BRW PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

MS KX-MB2030BRW PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

M

© Panasonic System Networks Co., Ltd. 2010

5.1. General Features----------------------------------------- 13 6.15.3. DEV DC BIAS UNIT-------------------------------- 59

6.1. Connection Diagram------------------------------------- 14 6.16. Heat Lamp Control Circuit ----------------------------- 60

6.3.1. Data Flow---------------------------------------------- 17 6.19. Mechanical Operation ---------------------------------- 69

6.3.3. Modem Circuit Operation-------------------------- 27 6.19.2. Scanning (ADF) ------------------------------------- 70

12.3.10. Communication Section ------------------------- 142 ROLLERS ------------------------------------------- 232

12.3.13. Analog Section ------------------------------------- 161 15.3.2. CHARGING ----------------------------------------- 233

16.3. Operation Board ---------------------------------------- 258

17.5. Low Voltage Power Supply Board ----------------- 270

17.5.2. LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY

BOARD: BOTTOM VIEW ----------------------- 270

18.1.3. ADF Gear Section--------------------------------- 273

18.1.5. Main Cabinet Section----------------------------- 275

1. The earth lead is fixed with the screw.

1.3. Personal Safety Precautions

1.3.2. Live Electrical Sections

sembling for service.

1.4. Service Precautions

2.1.1. Suggested PbF Solder

2.2. Discarding of P. C. Board

2.3. Insulation Resistance Test

2.5. Laser Beam And Fuser Unit Section

2.6. Note for Repairing

Data will be lost in the following situations.

There is a possibility of data loss in the following situations.

Approx. width 420 mm x depth 432 mm x height 305 mm

Power Supply: 127 V AC, 60 Hz

Fax Memory Capacity: 3.5 MB in total

4.2. Translation Lists

4.2.2. Error Message (Report)

4.2.3. Error Message (Display)

5.2. Hardware Requirements for Multi-Function Software

Windows 2000: Pentium® or higher processor

Windows Vista: Pentium 4 or higher processor

Windows 2000/Windows XP: 128 MB (256 MB or more recommended)

OPERATION PANEL BOARD PS53 PS54

CN101 CN504 AC INLET

PICKUP CN51 CN67 TONER

SCOROTRON TONER SUPPLY

CN53 REGISTER PTOP ROLLER

PS50 PS51 PS52 DRUM UNIT

6.2. General Block Diagram

1) CPU ARM9 operating at 250MHz.

SYNCHRONOUS DYNAMIC RAM (IC400)

DC-DC converters generate 3.3V and 1.2V for system power.

CIS Unit to read transmitted documents.

POWER SUPPLY BOARD

HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD

6.3. Main Board Section

1. FAX data is input from TEL LINE to MODEM in IC300

[PC print] 1.The print data is output from PC through LAN

and pass the PHY(IC750) and LAN I/F in IC300.

CI S unit The print data is output from PC through USB

Description of Pin Distribution (IC300) SOC (System On Chip)

AA23 VDD1.2 - 1.2V POWER SUPPLY

AA24 AFERST O 3.3V NCU INTERFACE

AB01 SDMD10 I/O 3.3V SDRAM DATA BUS 10

AB04 VDD1.2 - 1.2V POWER SUPPLY

AB24 BTXD O 3.3V NCU INTERFACE

PIN NO. PinName I/O POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE EXPLANATION

AE01 SDLDM1 O 3.3V SDRAM DQML1

AE04 RTCCLKOUT O 3.3V CRYSTAL(32.768KHz) OUTPUT